Quarterlytics / Industrials / Rental & Leasing Services / McGrath RentCorp

McGrath RentCorp

mgrc · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker mgrc
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Rental & Leasing Services
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · McGrath RentCorp
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K   

☒

☐

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 000-13292

McGRATH RENTCORP
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its Charter)

California
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)

94-2579843
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

5700 Las Positas Road, Livermore, CA 94551-7800
(Address of principal executive offices)
Registrant’s telephone number:  (925) 606-9200
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Trading Symbol(s)
MGRC

Name of each exchange on which registered
NASDAQ Global Select Market

Title of each class
Common Stock

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    ☒  Yes    ☐   No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    ☐  Yes    ☒  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such 
filing requirements for the past 90 days.    ☒  Yes    ☐  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 
405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit 
such files).    ☒  Yes    ☐  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, 
or an emerging growth company.  See the definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth 
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

Large accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 

Emerging growth company

☒

☐

☐

Accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

☐

☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying 

with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal 
control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that 
prepared or issued its audit report.  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    ☐  Yes    ☒  No

Aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2020 (based upon the closing 

sale price of the registrant’s common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on June 30, 2020):  $1,287,170,749.

As of February 22, 2021, 24,128,208 shares of Registrant’s Common Stock were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

McGrath RentCorp’s definitive proxy statement with respect to its 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on June 9, 2021 which will 
be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of its fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, is incorporated by 
reference into Part III (Items 10, 11, 12, and 13).
Exhibit index appears on page 90

        
 
 
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

Statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“this Form 10-K”) which are not historical facts are forward-looking 
statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  All statements, other than statements of historical 
facts, regarding McGrath RentCorp’s (the “Company’s”) expectations, strategies, prospects or targets are forward looking statements.  
These  forward-looking  statements  also  can  be  identified  by  the  use  of  forward-looking  terminology  such  as  “anticipates,” 
“believes,” ”continues,” ”could,” ”estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” ”may,” ”plan,” ”predict,” ”project,” or “will,” or the negative 
of these terms or other comparable terminology.

Management cautions that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks and 
uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those projected in such forward-looking statements. Further, 
our future business, financial condition and results of operations could differ materially from those anticipated by such forward-looking 
statements and are subject to risks and uncertainties as set forth under “Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K.  Moreover, neither we nor 
any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking  statements  are  made  only  as  of  the  date  of  this  Form  10-K  and  are  based  on  management’s  reasonable 
assumptions, however these assumptions can be wrong or affected by known or unknown risks and uncertainties.  No forward-looking 
statement can be guaranteed and subsequent facts or circumstances may contradict, obviate, undermine or otherwise fail to support or 
substantiate such statements.  Readers should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements and are cautioned that any 
such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. Except as otherwise required by law, we are under no duty 
to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this Form 10-K to conform such statements to actual results or to 
changes in our expectations.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS.

General Overview

PART I

McGrath RentCorp (the “Company”) is a California corporation organized in 1979 with corporate offices located in Livermore, 
California. The Company’s common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “MGRC”.  References in 
this  report  to  the  “Company”,  “we”,  “us”,  and  “ours”  refer  to  McGrath  RentCorp  and  its  subsidiaries,  unless  the  context  requires 
otherwise.

The  Company  is  a  diversified  business-to-business  rental  company  with  four  rental  divisions:  relocatable  modular  buildings, 
portable storage containers, electronic test equipment, and liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes.  Although the Company’s 
primary emphasis is on equipment rentals, sales of equipment occur in the normal course of business. The Company is comprised of 
four reportable business segments: (1) its modular building and portable storage segment (“Mobile Modular”); (2) its electronic test 
equipment segment (“TRS-RenTelco”); (3) its containment solutions for the storage of hazardous and non-hazardous liquids and solids 
segment  (“Adler  Tanks”);  and  (4)  its  classroom  manufacturing  business  selling  modular  buildings  used  primarily  as  classrooms  in 
California (“Enviroplex”).  

No single customer accounted for more than 10% of total revenues during 2020, 2019 and 2018.  Revenue from foreign country 

customers accounted for 4%, 5% and 4% of the Company’s revenues in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Business Model

The  Company  invests  capital  in  rental  products  and  generally  has  recovered  its  original  investment  through  rents  less  cash 
operating expenses in a relatively short period of time compared to the product’s rental life.  When the Company’s rental products are 
sold, the proceeds generally have covered a high percentage of the original investment. With these characteristics, a significant base of 
rental assets on rent generates a considerable amount of operating cash flows to support continued rental asset growth.  The Company’s 
rental products have the following characteristics:

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

The product required by the customer tends to be expensive compared to the Company’s monthly rental charge, with the 
interim rental solution typically evaluated as a less costly alternative.

Generally, we believe the Company’s customers have a short-term need for our rental products.  The customer’s rental 
requirement may be driven by a number of factors including time, budget or capital constraints, future uncertainty impacting 
their ongoing requirements, equipment availability, specific project requirements, peak periods of demand or the customer 
may want to eliminate the burdens and risks of ownership.

-2-

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

All  of  the  Company’s  rental  products  have  long  useful  lives  relative  to  the  typical  rental  term.    Modular  buildings 
(“modulars”) have an estimated life of eighteen years compared to the typical rental term of twelve to twenty-four months, 
electronic test equipment has an estimated life range of one to eight years (depending on the type of product) compared to 
a typical rental term of one to six months, and liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes have an estimated life of twenty 
years compared to typical rental terms of one to six months.

We believe short-term rental rates typically recover the Company’s original investment quickly based on the respective 
product’s annual yield, or annual rental revenues divided by the average cost of rental equipment.  For modulars the original 
investment  is  recovered  in  approximately  five  years,  in  approximately  three  years  for  electronic  test  equipment  and  in 
approximately four years for liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes.

When  a  product  is  sold  from  our  rental  inventory,  a  significant  portion  of  the  original  investment  is  usually  recovered.  
Effective asset management is a critical element to each of the rental businesses and the residuals realized when product is 
sold from inventory.  Modular asset management requires designing and building the product for a long life, coupled with 
ongoing repair and maintenance investments, to ensure its long useful rental life and generally higher residuals upon sale. 
Electronic test equipment asset management requires understanding, selecting and investing in equipment technologies that 
support market demand and, once invested, proactively managing the equipment at the model level for optimum utilization 
through its technology life cycle to maximize the rental revenues and residuals realized.  Liquid and solid containment tanks 
and boxes asset management requires selecting and purchasing quality product and making ongoing repair and maintenance 
investments to ensure its long rental life.

The Company believes that rental revenue growth from an increasing base of rental assets and improved gross profits on rents are 
the best measures of the health of each of our rental businesses.  Additionally, we believe our business model and results are enhanced 
by operational leverage that is created from large regional sales and inventory centers for modulars, a single U.S. based sales, inventory 
and operations facility for electronic test equipment, as well as shared senior management and back office functions for financing, human 
resources, insurance, marketing, information technology and operating and accounting systems.

Human Capital Management

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 1,061 employees, of whom 94 were primarily administrative and executive personnel, 
with 575, 174, 133 and 85 in the operations of Mobile Modular, Adler Tanks, TRS-RenTelco and Enviroplex, respectively.  None of 
our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement, and management believes its relationship with our employees is good.

The Company believes its employees are key to its success and it is committed to all of its employees’ engagement, training and 
career  development,  and  personal  and  professional  growth.    The  Board  of  Directors  also  receives  regular  updates  from  senior 
management on matters relating to the Company’s strategy for the recruitment, retention and development of the Company’s employees.  
The  Company  provides  training  in  technical,  operational  and  managerial  skills,  and  places  special  emphasis  on  safety,  effective 
communications, customer service, and employee development.  Additionally, the Company offers employees a tuition reimbursement 
program whereby the employee may receive reimbursement for tuition and fees for undergraduate or graduate level academic courses 
at an accredited two or four year college or university that may help employees improve performance in their current job or prepare 
them for advancement.

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

Government Regulations

         We are subject to certain environmental, transportation, anti-corruption, import controls, health and safety and other laws and 
regulations in locations in which we operate. Our activity in jurisdictions in which we operate is additionally subject to anti-bribery laws 
and regulations, such as the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, which prevent companies and their officers, employees and 
agents from making payments to officials and public entities of foreign countries to facilitate obtaining new contracts.  We are also 
subject to laws and regulations that govern and impose liability for activities that may have adverse environmental effects, including 
discharges into air and water, and handling and disposal of hazardous substances and waste.  Our motor vehicles and related units are 
subject to regulation in certain states under motor vehicle and similar registrations.  While we incur costs in our business to comply with 
these laws and regulations, management does not believe that the costs of compliance with these various governmental regulations is 
material to our business and financial condition.

Available Information

We make the Company’s Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings available at our website www.mgrc.com.  These 
filings include our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those 
reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, which are available as soon as reasonably 
practicable after the Company electronically files such material with, or furnishes such material to, the SEC.  Information included on 

-3-

our website is not incorporated by reference to this Form 10-K.  Furthermore, all reports the Company files with the SEC are available 
through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.  

We have a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics which applies to all directors, officers and employees.  Copies of this code can 
be obtained at our website www.mgrc.com.  Any waivers to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and any amendments to such 
code applicable to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer or persons performing similar 
functions, will be posted on our web site.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

-4-

RELOCATABLE MODULAR BUILDINGS

Description

Modulars are designed for use as classrooms, temporary offices adjacent to existing facilities, sales offices, construction field 
offices, restroom buildings, health care clinics, child care facilities, office space, and for a variety of other purposes and may be moved 
from one location to another.  Modulars vary from simple single-unit construction site offices to multi-floor modular complexes.  The 
Company’s modular rental fleet includes a full range of styles and sizes.  The Company considers its modulars to be among the most 
attractive and well-designed available.  The units are constructed with wood or metal siding, sturdily built and physically capable of a 
long useful life. Modulars are generally provided with installed heat, air conditioning, lighting, electrical outlets and floor covering, and 
may have customized interiors including partitioning, cabinetry and plumbing facilities.

Mobile  Modular  purchases  new  modulars  from  various  manufacturers  who  build  to  Mobile  Modular’s  design  specifications.   

During 2020, Mobile Modular purchased 45% of its modular units from one manufacturer.  The Company believes that the loss of any 
of its primary modular manufacturers could have an adverse effect on its operations since Mobile Modular could experience higher 
prices and longer lead times for delivery of modular units until other manufacturers were able to increase their production capacity.

The Company’s modulars are manufactured to comply with state building codes, have a low risk of obsolescence, and can be 
modified or reconfigured to accommodate a wide variety of customer needs.  Historically, as state building codes have changed over 
the years, Mobile Modular has been able to continue to use existing modulars, with minimal, if any, required upgrades.  The Company 
has no assurance that it will continue to be able to use existing modular equipment with minimal upgrades as building codes change in 
the future.

Mobile Modular currently operates from regional sales and inventory centers in California, Texas, Florida,  Georgia and Virginia, 
serving large geographic areas in these and surrounding states, and sales offices serving Louisiana, North Carolina and South Carolina.  
The regional sales and inventory centers have in-house infrastructure and operational capabilities to support quick and efficient repair, 
modification, and refurbishment of equipment for the next rental opportunity.  The Company believes operating from large regional 
sales and inventory centers results in better operating margins as operating costs can be spread over a large installed customer base.  
Mobile Modular actively maintains and repairs its rental equipment, and management believes this ensures the continued use of the 
modular product over its long life and, when sold, has resulted in higher sale proceeds relative to its capitalized cost.  When rental 
equipment returns from a customer, the necessary repairs and preventative maintenance are performed prior to its next rental. By making 
these expenditures for repair and maintenance throughout the equipment’s life we believe that older equipment can generally rent for 
rates  similar  to  those  of  newer  equipment.    Management  believes  the  condition  of  the  equipment  is  a  more  significant  factor  in 
determining the rental rate and sale price than its age.  Over the last three years, used equipment sold each year represented approximately 
2% of rental equipment, and has been, on average, 15 years old with sale proceeds above its net book value.

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

Competitive Strengths

Market Leadership – The Company believes Mobile Modular is the largest supplier in California and Florida, and a significant 
supplier in Texas, of modular educational facilities for rental to both public and private schools.  Management is knowledgeable about 
the  needs  of  its  educational  customers  and  the  related  regulatory  requirements  in  the  states  where  Mobile  Modular  operates,  which 
enables Mobile Modular to meet its customers’ specific project requirements.

Expertise – The Company believes that over the 40 plus years during which Mobile Modular has competed in the modular rental 
industry, it has developed expertise that differentiates it from its competitors.  Mobile Modular has dedicated its attention to continuously 
developing and improving the quality of its modular units.  Mobile Modular has expertise in the licensing and regulatory requirements 
that govern modulars in the states where it operates, and its management, sales and operational staffs are knowledgeable and committed 
to providing exemplary customer service.  Mobile Modular has expertise in project management and complex applications.

Operating Structure – Part of the Company’s strategy for Mobile Modular is to create facilities and infrastructure capabilities that 
its competitors cannot easily duplicate.  Mobile Modular achieves this by building regional sales and inventory centers designed to serve 
a broad geographic area and a large installed customer base under a single overhead structure, thereby reducing its cost per transaction.  
The  Company’s  regional  facilities  and  related  infrastructure  enable  Mobile  Modular  to  maximize  its  modular  inventory  utilization 
through efficient and cost effective in-house repair, maintenance and refurbishment for quick redeployment of equipment to meet its 
customers’ needs.

Asset Management – The Company believes Mobile Modular markets high quality, well-constructed and attractive modulars. 
Mobile Modular requires manufacturers to build to its specifications, which enables Mobile Modular to maintain a standardized quality 
fleet.    In  addition,  through  its  ongoing  repair,  refurbishment  and  maintenance  programs,  the  Company  believes  Mobile  Modular’s 
buildings are the best maintained in the industry.  The Company depreciates its modular buildings over an 18 year estimated useful life 

-5-

to  a  50%  residual  value.  Older  buildings  continue  to  be  productive  primarily  because  of  Mobile  Modular’s  focus  on  ongoing  fleet 
maintenance.    Also,  as  a  result  of  Mobile  Modular’s  maintenance  programs,  when  a  modular  unit  is  sold,  a  high  percentage  of  the 
equipment’s capitalized cost is recovered. In addition, the fleet’s utilization is regionally optimized by managing inventory through 
estimates of market demand, fulfillment of current rental and sale order activity, modular returns and capital purchases.

Customer Service - The Company believes the modular rental industry to be service intensive and locally based.  The Company 
strives to provide excellent service by meeting its commitments to its customers, being proactive in resolving project issues and seeking 
to continuously improve the customers’ experience.  Mobile Modular is committed to offering quick response to requests for information, 
providing experienced assistance, on time delivery and preventative maintenance of its units.  Mobile Modular’s goal is to continuously 
improve  its  procedures,  processes  and  computer  systems  to  enhance  internal  operational  efficiency.    The  Company  believes  this 
dedication to customer service results in high levels of customer loyalty and repeat business.

Market

Management estimates relocatable modular building rental is an industry that today has equipment on rent or available for rent in 
the U.S. with an aggregate original cost of over $5.0 billion.  Mobile Modular’s largest market segment is for temporary classroom and 
other educational space needs of public and private schools, colleges and universities in California and Florida, and to a lesser extent in 
Texas,  Louisiana,  North  Carolina,  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  Maryland,  Virginia  and  Washington,  D.C.    Management  believes  the 
demand for rental classrooms is caused by shifting and fluctuating school populations, the limited state funds for new construction, the 
need  for  temporary  classroom  space  during  reconstruction  of  older  schools,  class  size  reduction  and  the  phasing  out  of  portable 
classrooms compliant with older building codes (see “Classroom Rentals and Sales to Public Schools (K-12)” below).  Other customer 
applications include sales offices, construction field offices, health care facilities, church sanctuaries and child care facilities.  Industrial, 
manufacturing, entertainment and utility companies, as well as governmental agencies commonly use large multi-modular complexes 
to serve their interim administrative and operational space needs.  Modulars offer customers quick, cost-effective space solutions while 
conserving their capital.  The Company’s corporate offices and regional sales and inventory center offices are housed in various sizes 
of modular units.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

Since most of Mobile Modular’s customer requirements are to fill temporary space needs, Mobile Modular’s marketing emphasis 
is on rentals rather than sales.  Mobile Modular attracts customers through its website at www.mobilemodular.com, internet advertising 
and direct marketing.  Customers are encouraged to visit a regional sales and inventory center to view different models on display and 
to see a regional office, which is a working example of a modular application.

Because service is a major competitive factor in the rental of modulars, Mobile Modular offers quick response to requests for 
information, assistance in the choice of a suitable size and floor plan, in-house customization services, rapid delivery, timely installation 
and field service of its units.  On Mobile Modular’s website, customers are able to view and select inventory for quotation and request 
in-field service.

Rentals

Rental periods range from one month to several years with a typical initial contract term between twelve and twenty-four months. 
In general, monthly rental rates are determined by a number of factors including length of term, market demand, product availability 
and product type.  Upon expiration of the initial term, or any extensions, rental rates are reviewed, and when appropriate, are adjusted 
based on current market conditions.  Most rental agreements are operating leases that provide no purchase options, and when a rental 
agreement does provide the customer with a purchase option, it is generally on terms management believes to be attractive to Mobile 
Modular.

The  customer  is  responsible  for  obtaining  the  necessary  use  permits  and  for  the  costs  of  insuring  the  unit,  and  is  financially 
responsible for transporting the unit to the site, preparation of the site, installation of the unit, dismantle and return delivery of the unit 
to Mobile Modular, and certain costs for customization.  Mobile Modular maintains the units in good working condition while on rent.  
Upon return, the units are inspected for damage and customers are billed for items considered beyond normal wear and tear.  Generally, 
the units are then repaired for subsequent use.  Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred and can include floor repairs, 
roof maintenance, cleaning, painting and other cosmetic repairs.  The costs of major refurbishment of equipment are capitalized to the 
extent the refurbishment significantly improves the quality and adds value or life to the equipment.

At December 31, 2020, Mobile Modular owned 56,880 new or previously rented modulars and portable storage containers with 
an aggregate cost of $882.1 million including accessories, or an average cost per unit of $15,508.  Utilization is calculated at the end of 
each month by dividing the cost of rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment, excluding new equipment inventory 
and accessory equipment.  At December 31, 2020, fleet utilization was 76.0% and average fleet utilization during 2020 was 77.2%.  The 
Mobile Modular segment includes the results of operations of Mobile Modular Portable Storage, which represented approximately 8% 
of the Company’s 2020 total revenues.

-6-

Sales

In  addition  to  operating  its  rental  fleet,  Mobile  Modular  sells  modulars  to  customers.    These  sales  typically  arise  out  of  its 
marketing efforts for the rental fleet and from existing equipment already on rent.  Such sales can be of either new or used units from 
the rental fleet, which permits some turnover of older units.  During 2020 Mobile Modular’s largest sale represented approximately 13% 
of Mobile Modular’s sales, 7% of the Company’s consolidated sales and 1% of the Company’s consolidated revenues.

Mobile Modular typically provides limited 90-day warranties on used modulars and passes through the manufacturers’ one-year 
warranty  on  new  units  to  its  customers.    Warranty  costs  have  not  been  significant  to  Mobile  Modular’s  operations  to  date,  and  the 
Company attributes this to its commitment to high quality standards and regular maintenance programs.  However, there can be no 
assurance that warranty costs will continue to be insignificant to Mobile Modular’s operations in the future.

Enviroplex manufactures portable classrooms built to the requirements of the California Division of the State Architect (“DSA”) 

and sells directly to California public school districts and other educational institutions.

Seasonality

Typically, during each calendar year, our highest numbers of classrooms are shipped for rental and sale orders during the second 
and third quarters for delivery and installation prior to the start of the upcoming school year.  The majority of classrooms shipped in the 
second and third quarters have rental start dates during the third quarter, thereby making the fourth quarter the first full quarter of rental 
revenues recognized for these transactions.

Competition

Competition in the rental and sale of relocatable modular buildings is intense.  Some of our competitors in the modular building 
leasing industry, notably WillScot Corporation (which merged with Mobile Mini in July 2020), have a greater range of products and 
services, greater financial and marketing resources, larger customer bases, and greater name recognition than we have.  In addition, a 
number of other smaller companies operate regionally throughout the country.  Mobile Modular operates primarily in California, Texas, 
Florida, Louisiana, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Virginia, Maryland and Washington, D.C.  Significant competitive factors 
in the rental business include availability, price, service, reliability, appearance and functionality of the product. Mobile Modular markets 
high  quality,  well-constructed  and  attractive  modulars.  Part  of  the  Company’s  strategy  for  modulars  is  to  create  facilities  and 
infrastructure capabilities that its competitors cannot easily duplicate.  The Company's facilities and related infrastructure enable it to 
modify  modulars  efficiently  and  cost  effectively  to  meet  its  customers’  needs.  Management's  goal  is  to  be  more  responsive  at  less 
expense.  Management believes this strategy, together with its emphasis on prompt and efficient customer service, gives Mobile Modular 
a  competitive  advantage.    Mobile  Modular  is  determined  to  respond  quickly  to  requests  for  information,  and  provide  experienced 
assistance for the first-time user, rapid delivery and timely repair of its modular units.  Mobile Modular’s already high level of efficiency 
and responsiveness continues to improve as the Company upgrades procedures, processes and computer systems that control its internal 
operations.  The Company anticipates intense competition to continue and believes it must continue to improve its products and services 
to remain competitive in the market for modulars.

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

Classroom Rentals and Sales to Public Schools (K-12)

Mobile Modular and Enviroplex provide classroom and specialty space needs serving public and private schools, colleges and 
universities.  Within the educational market, the rental (by Mobile Modular) and sale (by Enviroplex and Mobile Modular) of modulars 
to public school districts for use as portable classrooms, restroom buildings and administrative offices for kindergarten through grade 
twelve (K-12) are a significant portion of the Company’s revenues.   Mobile Modular rents and sells classrooms in California, Florida, 
Texas, Louisiana, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Maryland, Virginia and Washington, D.C.  Enviroplex sells classrooms in 
the California market. California is Mobile Modular’s largest educational market.  Historically, demand in this market has been fueled 
by  shifting  and  fluctuating  student  populations,  insufficient  funding  for  new  school  construction,  class  size  reduction  programs, 
modernization of aging school facilities and the phasing out of portable classrooms no longer compliant with current building codes.  
The following table shows the approximate percentages of the Company’s modular rental and sales revenues, and of its consolidated 
rental and sales revenues for the past five years, that rentals and sales to these schools constitute:

-7-

Rentals and Sales to Public Schools (K-12) as a Percentage of Total Rental and Sales Revenues

Percentage of:
Modular Rental Revenues (Mobile Modular) ..........................................  
Modular Sales Revenues (Mobile Modular & Enviroplex)......................  
Modular Rental and Sales Revenues (Mobile Modular & Enviroplex)....  
Consolidated Rental and Sales Revenues 1...............................................  
1

2020
33%  
48%  
38%  
23%  

2019
32%  
64%  
42%  
25%  

2018
33%  
70%  
44%  
24%  

2017
33%  
76%  
47%  
26%  

2016
34%  
67%  
43%  
23%  

Consolidated  Rental  and  Sales  Revenue  percentage  is  calculated  by  dividing  Modular  rental  and  sales  revenues  to  public  schools  (K-12)  by  the  Company’s 
consolidated rental and sales revenues.

School Facility Funding

Funding for public school facilities is derived from a variety of sources including the passage of both statewide and local facility 
bond measures, operating budgets, developer fees, various taxes including parcel and sales taxes levied to support school operating 
budgets, and lottery funds.  There is no certainty on the timing of the bond sales and it could take additional years before projects funded 
by these bonds generate meaningful demand for relocatable classrooms.  

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

-8-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ELECTRONIC TEST EQUIPMENT

Description

TRS-RenTelco rents and sells electronic test equipment nationally and internationally from two facilities located on the grounds 
of  the  Dallas  Fort  Worth  International  Airport  in  Grapevine,  Texas  (the  “Dallas  facility”)  and  Dollard-des-Ormeaux,  Canada  (the 
“Montreal  facility”).    TRS-RenTelco’s  revenues  are  derived  from  the  rental  and  sale  of  general  purpose  and  communications  test 
equipment  to  a  broad  range  of  companies,  from  Fortune  500  to  middle  and  smaller  market  companies,  in  the  aerospace,  defense, 
communications,  manufacturing  and  semiconductor  industries.    Electronic  test  equipment  revenues  are  primarily  affected  by  the 
business  activity  within  these  industries  related  to  research  and  development,  manufacturing,  and  communication  infrastructure 
installation and maintenance.  The Dallas facility, TRS-RenTelco’s primary operating location, houses the electronic test equipment 
inventory, sales engineers, calibration laboratories, and operations staff for U.S. and international business.  The Montreal facility houses 
sales  engineers  and  operations  staff  to  serve  the  Canadian  market.    As  of  December  31,  2020,  the  original  cost  of  electronic  test 
equipment  inventory  was  comprised  of  78%  general  purpose  electronic  test  equipment  and  22%  communications  electronic  test 
equipment.

Engineers,  technicians  and  scientists  utilize  general  purpose  electronic  test  equipment  in  developing  products,  controlling 
manufacturing processes, completing field service applications and evaluating the performance of their own electrical and electronic 
equipment.  These instruments are rented primarily to aerospace, defense, electronics, industrial, research and semiconductor industries. 
To date, Keysight Technologies, Rhode & Schwarz and Tektronix, a division of Fortive Corporation, have manufactured the majority 
of TRS-RenTelco’s general purpose electronic test equipment with the remainder acquired from over 60 other manufacturers. 

Communications  test  equipment,  including  fiber  optic  test  equipment,  is  utilized  by  technicians,  engineers  and  installation 
contractors to evaluate voice, data and multimedia communications networks, to install fiber optic cabling, and in the development and 
manufacturing  of  transmission,  network  and  wireless  products.    These  instruments  are  rented  primarily  to  manufacturers  of 
communications equipment and products, electrical and communications installation contractors, field technicians, and service providers. 
To date, Anritsu, Viavi Solutions and Fluke Networks, a division of Fortive Corporation, have manufactured a significant portion of 
TRS-RenTelco’s communications test equipment, with the remainder acquired from over 40 other manufacturers.

TRS-RenTelco’s general purpose test equipment rental inventory includes oscilloscopes, amplifiers, analyzers (spectrum, network 
and logic), signal source and power source test equipment.  The communications test equipment rental inventory includes network and 
transmission test equipment for various fiber, copper and wireless networks. TRS-RenTelco occasionally rents electronic test equipment 
from other rental companies and re-rents the equipment to customers.

Competitive Strengths

Market Leadership - The Company believes that TRS-RenTelco is one of the largest electronic test equipment rental and leasing 

companies offering a broad and deep selection of general purpose and communications test equipment for rent in North America.

Expertise  -  The  Company  believes  that  its  knowledge  of  products,  technology  and  applications  expertise  provides  it  with  a 
competitive advantage over others in the industry.  Customer requirements are supported by application engineers and technicians that 
are knowledgeable about the equipment’s uses to ensure the right equipment is selected to meet the customer’s needs.  This knowledge 
can be attributed to the experience of TRS-RenTelco’s management, sales and operational teams.

Operating Structure - TRS-RenTelco is supported by a centralized distribution and inventory center on the grounds of the Dallas-
Fort  Worth  Airport  in  Texas.    The  Company  believes  that  the  centralization  of  servicing  all  customers  in  North  America  and 
internationally by TRS-RenTelco’s experienced logistics teams provides a competitive advantage by minimizing transaction costs and 
enabling TRS-RenTelco to ensure customer requirements are met.

Asset  Management  -  TRS-RenTelco’s  rental  equipment  inventory  is  serviced  by  an  ISO  9001-2015  registered  and  compliant 
calibration  laboratory  that  repairs  and  calibrates  equipment  ensuring  that  off  rent  equipment  is  ready  to  ship  immediately  to  meet 
customers’  needs.    TRS-RenTelco’s  team  of  technicians,  product  managers  and  sales  personnel  are  continuously  monitoring  and 
analyzing the utilization of existing products, new technologies, general economic conditions and estimates of customer demand to 
ensure the right equipment is purchased and sold, at the right point in the equipment’s technology life cycle.  The Company believes 
this  enables  it  to  maximize  utilization  of  equipment  and  the  cash  flow  generated  by  the  rental  and  sales  revenue  of  each  model  of 
equipment.  TRS-RenTelco strives to maintain strong relationships with equipment manufacturers, which enables it to leverage those 
relationships to gain rental opportunities.

Customer Service - The Company believes that its focus on providing excellent service to its customers provides a competitive 
advantage.  TRS-RenTelco strives to provide exemplary service to fulfill its commitments to its customers.  TRS-RenTelco prides itself 

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-9-

in providing solutions to meet customers’ needs by having equipment available and responding quickly and thoroughly to their requests.  
TRS-RenTelco’s  sophisticated  in-house  laboratory  ensures  the  equipment  is  fully  functional  and  meets  its  customers’  delivery 
requirements. Service needs of TRS-RenTelco’s customers are supported 24 hours a day, 7 days a week by its customer care specialists.  
TRS-RenTelco’s goal is to provide service beyond its customers’ expectations, which, the Company believes, results in customer loyalty 
and repeat business.

Market

Electronic test equipment rental is a market which we estimate has equipment on rent worldwide or available for rent with an 
aggregate original cost in excess of $1 billion.  There is a broad customer base for the rental of such instruments, including aerospace, 
communications, defense, electrical contractor, electronics, industrial, installer contractor, network systems and research companies.

TRS-RenTelco markets its electronic test equipment throughout the United States, Canada, and, to a limited extent, other countries.  
TRS-RenTelco attracts customers through its outside sales force, website at www.TRSRenTelco.com, telemarketing program, trade 
show  participation,  paid  internet  search  and  electronic  mail  campaigns.    A  key  part  of  the  sales  process  is  TRS-RenTelco’s 
knowledgeable inside sales engineering team that effectively matches test equipment solutions to meet specific customer’s requirements.

The Company believes that customers rent electronic test equipment for many reasons.  Customers frequently need equipment for 
short-term  projects,  to  evaluate  new  products,  and  for  backup  to  avoid  costly  downtime.    Delivery  times  for  the  purchase  of  such 
equipment can be lengthy; thus, renting allows the customer to obtain the equipment expeditiously.  The Company also believes that the 
relative certainty of rental costs can facilitate cost control and be useful in the bidding of and pass-through of contract costs. Finally, 
renting rather than purchasing may better satisfy the customer’s budgetary constraints.

Rentals

TRS-RenTelco rents electronic test equipment typically for rental periods of one to six months, although in some instances, rental 
terms can be up to a year or longer.  Monthly rental rates typically are between 2% and 10% of the current manufacturers’ list price.  
TRS-RenTelco depreciates its equipment over 1 to 8 years with no residual value.

At December 31, 2020, TRS-RenTelco had an electronic test equipment rental inventory including accessories with an aggregate 
cost of $333.0 million.  Utilization is calculated each month by dividing the cost of the rental equipment on rent by the total cost of 
rental equipment, excluding accessory equipment.  Utilization was 67.4% as of December 31, 2020 and averaged 66.2% during the year.

Sales

Profit from equipment sales is a material component of TRS-RenTelco’s overall annual earnings.  Gross profit from sales of both 
used and new equipment over the last five years generally has ranged from approximately 20% to 24% of total annual gross profit for 
our electronics division.  For 2020, gross profit on equipment sales was approximately 21% of total division gross profit.  Equipment 
sales are driven by the turnover of older technology rental equipment, to maintain target utilization at a model number level, and new 
equipment sales opportunities.  In 2020, approximately 19% of the electronic test equipment revenues were derived from sales.  The 
largest electronic test equipment sale during 2020 represented 9% of electronic test equipment sales, 2% of the Company’s consolidated 
sales and less than 1% of consolidated revenues.  There is intense competition in the sales of electronic test equipment from a world-
wide network of test equipment brokers and resellers, legacy rental companies, and equipment manufacturers.  We believe the annual 
world-wide sale of electronic test equipment is in excess of $8.0 billion per year.

Seasonality

Rental activity may decline in the fourth quarter month of December and the first quarter months of January and February.  These 
months may have lower rental activity due to holiday closures, particularly by larger companies, inclement weather and its impact on 
various field related communications equipment rentals, and companies’ operational recovery from holiday closures which may impact 
the start-up of new projects coming online in the first quarter.  These factors may impact the quarterly results of each year’s first and 
fourth quarter.

Competition

The electronic test equipment rental business is characterized by intense competition from several competitors, including Electro 
Rent Corporation, Continental Resources, and TestEquity, some of which may have access to greater financial and other resources than 
we do.  TRS-RenTelco competes with these and other test equipment rental companies on the basis of product availability, price, service 
and  reliability.    Although  no  single  competitor  holds  a  dominant  market  share,  we  face  intense  competition  from  these  established 
entities and new entrants in the market.  Some of our competitors may offer similar equipment for lease, rental or sales at lower prices 
and may offer more extensive servicing, or financing options.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

-10-

LIQUID AND SOLID CONTAINMENT TANKS AND BOXES

Description

Adler Tanks’ rental inventory is comprised of tanks and boxes used for various containment solutions to store hazardous and non-
hazardous liquids and solids in applications such as: oil and gas exploration and field services, refinery, chemical and industrial plant 
maintenance, environmental remediation and field services, infrastructure building construction, marine services, pipeline construction 
and maintenance, tank terminals services, wastewater treatment, and waste management and landfill services.  The tanks and boxes are 
comprised of the following products:

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

fixed axle steel tanks (“tanks”) for the storage of groundwater, wastewater, volatile organic liquids, sewage, slurry and bio 
sludge, oil and water mixtures and chemicals, which are available in a variety of sizes including 21,000 gallon, 16,000 
gallon and 8,000 gallon sizes;

vacuum  containers  (“boxes”),  which  provide  secure  containment  of  sludge  and  solid  materials  and  may  be  used  for 
additional on-site storage or for transporting materials off-site enabling vacuum trucks to remain in operation;

dewatering boxes for the separation of water contained in sludge and slurry; and

roll-off and trash boxes for the temporary storage and transport of solid waste.

Adler Tanks purchases tanks and boxes from various manufacturers located throughout the country.

Competitive Strengths

Market Leadership - The Company believes that Adler Tanks is one of the largest participants in the liquid and solid containment 
tanks and boxes rental business in North America.  Adler Tanks has national reach from branches serving the Northeast, Mid-Atlantic, 
Midwest, Southeast, Southwest and West.

Expertise and Customer Service – The Company believes that Adler Tanks has highly experienced operating management and 
branch employees. Adler Tanks employees are knowledgeable about the operation of its rental equipment and customer applications. 
The Company believes that Adler Tanks provides a superior level of customer service due to its strong relationship building skills and 
the quality of its responsiveness.

Asset Management – The Company believes that Adler Tanks markets a high quality, well-constructed and well-maintained rental 
product.  The Company depreciates its tanks and boxes over a 20 year estimated useful life to 0% residual value.  We believe that if 
maintained, older tanks and boxes will continue to produce similar rental rates as newer equipment.  The fleet’s utilization is regionally 
optimized by understanding key vertical market customer demand, seasonality factors, competitor’s product availability and expected 
equipment returns.

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

Market

Liquid  and  solid  containment  equipment  rental  is  a  market  in  the  U.S  with  a  large  and  diverse  number  of  market  segments 
including oil and gas exploration and field services, refinery, chemical and industrial plant maintenance, environmental remediation and 
field services, infrastructure building construction, marine services, pipeline construction and maintenance, electrical grid transformer 
maintenance, tank terminals services, wastewater treatment, and waste management and landfill services.

The tank and box rental products may be utilized throughout the U.S. and are not subject to any local or regional construction 

code or approval standards.

Rentals

Adler Tanks rents tanks and boxes typically for rental periods of one to six months, although in some instances, rental terms can 
be up to a year or longer.  Monthly rental rates typically are between 2% and 10% of the equipment’s original acquisition cost.  At 
December  31,  2020,  Adler  Tanks  had  rental  equipment  inventory  including  accessories  with  an  aggregate  cost  of  $315.7  million.  
Utilization is calculated each month by dividing the cost of the rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment, excluding 
accessory equipment.  Utilization was 39.8% at December 31, 2020 and averaged 44.6% during the year.

Seasonality

Rental activity may decline in the fourth quarter month of December and the first quarter months of January and February.  These 
months may have lower rental activity due to inclement weather in certain regions of the country impacting the industries that we serve.

-11-

Competition

The liquid and solid containment rental industry is highly competitive including national, regional and local companies.  Some of 
our national competitors, notably United Rentals (acquired BakerCorp in July 2018), Rain For Rent and Mobile Mini (merged with 
WillScot in July 2020), may be larger than we are and may have greater financial and other resources than we have.  Some of our 
competitors also have longer operating histories and lower cost basis of rental equipment than we have.  In addition, certain of our 
competitors are more geographically diverse than we are and have greater name recognition among customers than we do.  As a result, 
our competitors that have these advantages may be better able to attract and retain customers and provide their products and services at 
lower rental rates.  Adler Tanks competes with these companies based upon product availability, product quality, price, service and 
reliability.  We may encounter increased competition in the markets that we serve from existing competitors or from new market entrants 
in the future.

REPORTABLE SEGMENTS

For segment information regarding the Company’s four reportable business segments:  Mobile Modular, TRS-RenTelco, Adler 
Tanks and Enviroplex, see “Note 13. Segment Reporting” to the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company included in 
“Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

-12-

The following table shows the revenue components, percentage of rental and total revenues, rental equipment (at cost), rental 
equipment (net book value), number of relocatable modular units, year-end and average utilization, average rental equipment (at cost), 
annual yield on average rental equipment (at cost) and gross margin on rental revenues and sales by product line for the past five years.

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

Product Highlights

 (dollar amounts in thousands)

Relocatable Modular Buildings (operating under Mobile
   Modular and Enviroplex)
Revenues

2020

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

2019

2016

Rental ...............................................................................  $ 188,719 
67,527 
Rental related services .....................................................   
256,246 
Total Modular rental operations .................................   
63,863 
Sales — Mobile Modular.................................................   
32,737 
Sales — Enviroplex .........................................................   
96,600 
Total Modular sales ....................................................   
1,415 
Other.................................................................................   
Total Modular revenues..............................................  $ 354,261 

 $ 182,316 
69,395 
251,711 
47,043 
39,814 
86,857 
2,256 
 $ 340,824 

 $ 159,136 
54,696 
213,832 
39,467 
29,046 
68,513 
1,275 
 $ 283,620 

 $ 142,584 
50,448 
193,032 
37,435 
31,369 
68,804 
799 
 $ 262,635 

 $ 130,496 
49,206 
179,702 
29,393 
22,121 
51,514 
417 
 $ 231,633 

53.6%   
61.9%   

Percentage of rental revenues ................................................   
Percentage of total revenues..................................................   
Rental equipment, at cost (year-end).....................................  $ 882,115 
Rental equipment, net book value (year-end)........................  $ 611,590 
Number of units (year-end) ...................................................   
56,880 
Utilization (year-end) 1 ..........................................................   
Average utilization 1 ..............................................................   
Average rental equipment, at cost 2 .......................................  $ 825,614 
Annual yield on average rental equipment, at cost 4 .............   
Gross margin on rental revenues ...........................................   
Gross margin on sales............................................................   

76.0%   
77.2%   

22.9%   
62.5%   
31.9%   

51.5%   
59.8%   

49.9%   
56.9%   

49.3%   
56.8%   

48.1%
54.6%

 $ 868,807 
 $ 610,048 
56,207 

 $ 817,375 
 $ 572,032 
53,035 

 $ 775,400 
 $ 543,857 
52,188 

 $ 769,190 
 $ 544,421 
50,577 

79.1%   
79.2%   

79.3%   
78.2%   

77.8%   
76.8%   

77.3%
76.6%

 $ 795,250 

 $ 756,513 

 $ 747,478 

 $ 724,333 

22.9%   
59.8%   
33.9%   

21.0%   
59.8%   
30.7%   

19.1%   
56.1%   
28.0%   

18.0%
56.6%
29.0%

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

Electronic Test Equipment (operating under
   TRS-RenTelco)
Revenues

Rental ...............................................................................  $ 109,083 
3,080 
Rental related services .....................................................   
112,163 
Total Electronics rental operations .............................   
26,618 
Sales .................................................................................   
2,030 
Other.................................................................................   
Total Electronics revenues..........................................  $ 140,811 

 $ 103,704 
3,260 
106,964 
22,106 
2,413 
 $ 131,483 

 $

89,937 
3,300 
93,237 
23,061 
2,359 
 $ 118,657 

 $

82,812 
2,858 
85,670 
20,334 
2,040 
 $ 108,044 

 $

82,307 
2,846 
85,153 
21,582 
1,882 
 $ 108,617 

31.0%   
24.6%   

Percentage of rental revenues ................................................   
Percentage of total revenues..................................................   
Rental equipment, at cost (year-end).....................................  $ 333,020 
Rental equipment, net book value (year-end)........................  $ 156,536 
Utilization (year-end) 1 .........................................................   
Average utilization 1 ..............................................................   
Average rental equipment, at cost 3 .......................................  $ 336,399 
Annual yield on average rental equipment, at cost 4 .............   
Gross margin on rental revenues ...........................................   
Gross margin on sales............................................................   

32.4%   
41.7%   
47.7%   

67.4%   
66.2%   

29.3%   
23.1%   

28.2%   
23.8%   

28.6%   
23.4%   

30.3%
25.6%

 $ 335,343 
 $ 172,413 

 $ 285,052 
 $ 131,450 

 $ 262,325 
 $ 109,482 

64.5%   
66.2%   

62.1%   
62.7%   

 $ 246,325 
90,172 
 $
61.7%   
62.9%   

61.0%
60.6%

 $ 306,426 

 $ 275,891 

 $ 252,332 

 $ 254,019 

33.8%   
43.8%   
56.2%   

32.6%   
43.6%   
54.6%   

32.8%   
44.0%   
56.9%   

32.4%
39.8%
50.9%

-13-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 (dollar amounts in thousands)

Liquid and Solid Containment Tanks and Boxes
   (operating under Adler Tanks)
Revenues

2020

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

2019

2016

 $

53,988 
21,786 
75,774 
1,386 
322 
77,482 

Rental ...............................................................................  $
Rental related services .....................................................   
Total Tanks and Boxes rental operations ...................   
Sales .................................................................................   
Other.................................................................................   
Total Tanks and Boxes revenues ................................  $
Percentage of rental revenues ................................................   
Percentage of total revenues..................................................   
Rental equipment, at cost (year-end).....................................  $ 315,706 
Rental equipment, net book value (year-end)........................  $ 169,990 
Utilization (year-end) 1 ..........................................................   
Average utilization 1 ..............................................................   
Average rental equipment, at cost 2 .......................................  $ 314,797 
Annual yield on average rental equipment, at cost 4 .............   
Gross margin on rental revenues ...........................................   
Gross margin on sales............................................................   

39.8%   
44.6%   

17.2%   
53.0%   
7.9%   

 $
15.3%   
13.5%   

 $

 $

 $

67,869 
28,383 
96,252 
1,266 
405 
97,923 

69,701 
24,911 
94,612 
1,044 
397 
96,053 

64,021 
24,762 
88,783 
2,362 
210 
91,355 

 $
19.2%   
17.2%   

 $
21.9%   
19.3%   

 $
22.1%   
19.8%   

58,585 
23,807 
82,392 
1,314 
124 
83,830 

21.6%
19.8%

 $ 316,261 
 $ 185,039 

 $ 313,573 
 $ 197,533 

 $ 309,808 
 $ 208,981 

 $ 308,542 
 $ 221,778 

48.4%   
54.7%   

56.4%   
59.9%   

57.5%   
56.0%   

50.7%
50.1%

 $ 313,810 

 $ 310,401 

 $ 307,558 

 $ 307,416 

21.6%   
58.3%   
25.1%   

22.4%   
61.1%   
3.7%   

20.8%   
58.7%   
15.2%   

19.1%
55.5%
(2.1)%

Total revenues......................................................................  $ 572,554 
1

Utilization is calculated each month by dividing the cost of rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment.  Average utilization is calculated using 
the average cost of equipment for the year.
Average rental equipment, at cost for modulars and tanks and boxes excludes new equipment inventory and accessory equipment.
Average rental equipment, at cost, for electronics excludes accessory equipment.
Annual yield on average rental equipment, at cost is calculated by dividing the total annual rental revenues by the average rental equipment, at cost.

 $ 570,230 

 $ 498,330 

 $ 462,034 

 $ 424,080  

2
3
4

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

-14-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following discussion of various risks and uncertainties.  We believe these risk factors are the 
most relevant to our business and could cause our results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements made by us.  Our 
business, financial condition, and results of operations could be seriously harmed if any of these risks or uncertainties actually occur or 
materialize.  In that event, the market price for our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR STRATEGY AND OPERATION:

Our future operating results may fluctuate, fail to match past performance or fail to meet expectations, which may result in a 
decrease in our stock price.

Our operating results may fluctuate in the future, may fail to match our past performance or fail to meet the expectations of analysts 
and investors.  Our results and related ratios, such as gross margin, operating income percentage and effective tax rate may fluctuate as 
a result of a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control including but not limited to:

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

general economic conditions in the geographies and industries where we rent and sell our products;

legislative and educational policies where we rent and sell our products;

the budgetary constraints of our customers;

seasonality of our rental businesses and our end-markets;

success of our strategic growth initiatives;

costs associated with the launching or integration of new or acquired businesses;

the timing and type of equipment purchases, rentals and sales;

the nature and duration of the equipment needs of our customers;

the timing of new product introductions by us, our suppliers and our competitors;

the volume, timing and mix of maintenance and repair work on our rental equipment;

our equipment mix, availability, utilization and pricing;

the mix, by state and country, of our revenues, personnel and assets;

rental equipment impairment from excess, obsolete or damaged equipment;

movements in interest rates or tax rates;

changes in, and application of, accounting rules;

changes in the regulations applicable to us; and

litigation matters.

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

As a result of these factors, our historical financial results are not necessarily indicative of our future results or stock price.

Our stock price has fluctuated and may continue to fluctuate in the future, which may result in a decline in the value of your 
investment in our common stock.

The market price of our common stock fluctuates on the NASDAQ Global Select Market and is likely to be affected by a number 

of factors including but not limited to:

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

our operating performance and the performance of our competitors, and in particular any variations in our operating results 
or dividend rate from our stated guidance or from investors’ expectations;

any changes in general conditions in the global economy, the industries in which we operate or the global financial markets;

investors’ reaction to our press releases, public announcements or filings with the SEC;

the stock price performance of our competitors or other comparable companies;

any  changes  in  research  analysts’  coverage,  recommendations  or  earnings  estimates  for  us  or  for  the  stocks  of  other 
companies in our industry;

-15-

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

any sales of common stock by our directors, executive officers and our other large shareholders, particularly in light of the 
limited trading volume of our stock;

any merger and acquisition activity that involves us or our competitors; and

other announcements or developments affecting us, our industry, customers, suppliers or competitors.

In addition, in recent years the U.S. stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations.  These fluctuations 
are often unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies.  Additionally, the most recent global credit crisis adversely 
affected the prices of most publicly traded stocks as many stockholders became more willing to divest their stock holdings at lower 
values to increase their cash flow and reduce exposure to such fluctuations.  These broad market fluctuations and any other negative 
economic trends may cause declines in the market price of our common stock and may be based upon factors that have little or nothing 
to do with our Company or its performance, and these fluctuations and trends could materially reduce our stock price.

The impact of COVID-19 on our operations, and the operations of our customers, suppliers and logistics providers, may harm 
our business.

We continue to monitor the potential impact of COVID-19 outbreak around the globe.  This includes evaluating the impact on our 
customers, suppliers, and logistics providers as well as evaluating governmental actions being taken to curtail the spread of the virus.  
Significant uncertainty continues to exist concerning the magnitude of the impact and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic.  While the 
Company's  operating  segments  and  branch  locations  currently  continue  to  operate,  the  Company’s  results  of  operations  may  be 
negatively impacted by project delays; early returns of equipment currently on rent with customers; overall decreased customer demand 
for  new  rental  orders,  rental  related  services  and  sales  of  new  and  used  rental  equipment;  and  payment  delay,  or  non-payment,  by 
customers who are significantly impacted by COVID-19.  

Our ability to retain our executive management and to recruit, retain and motivate key qualified employees is critical to the 
success of our business.

If we cannot successfully recruit and retain qualified personnel, our operating results and stock price may suffer.  We believe that 
our success is directly linked to the competent people in our organization, including our executive officers, senior managers and other 
key personnel, and in particular, Joe Hanna, our Chief Executive Officer.  Personnel turnover can be costly and could materially and 
adversely impact our operating results and can potentially jeopardize the success of our current strategic initiatives. We need to attract 
and retain highly qualified personnel to replace personnel when turnover occurs, as well as add to our staff levels as growth occurs.  Our 
business and stock price likely will suffer if we are unable to fill, or experience delays in filling open positions, or fail to retain key 
personnel.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

Failure  by  third  parties  to  manufacture  and  deliver  our  products  to  our  specifications  or  on  a  timely  basis  may  harm  our 
reputation and financial condition.

We depend on third parties to manufacture our products even though we are able to purchase products from a variety of third-
party suppliers.  In the future, we may be limited as to the number of third-party suppliers for some of our products. Although in general 
we make advance purchases of some products to help ensure an adequate supply, currently we do not have any long-term purchase 
contracts with any third-party supplier.  We may experience supply problems as a result of financial or operating difficulties or failure 
of our suppliers, or shortages and discontinuations resulting from product obsolescence or other shortages or allocations by our suppliers.  
Unfavorable economic conditions may also adversely affect our suppliers or the terms on which we purchase products.  In the future, 
we may not be able to negotiate arrangements with third parties to secure products that we require in sufficient quantities or on reasonable 
terms.  If we cannot negotiate arrangements with third parties to produce our products or if the third parties fail to produce our products 
to our specifications or in a timely manner, our reputation and financial condition could be harmed.

A breach of our information technology systems could subject us to liability, reputational damage or interrupt the operation of 
our business.

We rely upon our information technology systems and infrastructure for our business. We could experience theft of confidential 
information  or  reputational  damage  from  industrial  espionage  attacks,  malware  or  other  cyber-attacks,  which  may  compromise  our 
system infrastructure or lead to data leakage, either internally or at our third-party providers. Similarly, data privacy breaches by those 
who  access  our  systems  may  pose  a  risk  that  sensitive  data,  including  intellectual  property,  trade  secrets  or  personal  information 
belonging to us, our employees, customers or other business partners, may be exposed to unauthorized persons or to the public. Cyber-
attacks are increasing in their frequency, sophistication and intensity, and have become increasingly difficult to detect. There can be no 
assurance that our efforts to protect our data and information technology systems will prevent breaches in our systems (or that of our 
third-party providers) that could adversely affect our business and result in financial and reputational harm to us, theft of trade secrets 

-16-

and other proprietary information, legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, and 
regulatory penalties.

Disruptions in our information technology systems or failure to protect these systems against security breaches could adversely 
affect our business and results of operations.  Additionally, if these systems fail, become unavailable for any period of time or 
are  not  upgraded,  this  could  limit  our  ability  to  effectively  monitor  and  control  our  operations  and  adversely  affect  our 
operations.

Our information technology systems facilitate our ability to transact business, monitor and control our operations and adjust to 
changing market conditions.  Any disruption in our information technology systems or the failure of these systems to operate as expected 
could, depending on the magnitude of the problem, adversely affect our operating results by limiting our capacity to effectively transact 
business, monitor and control our operations and adjust to changing market conditions in a timely manner.

In addition, because of recent advances in technology and well-known efforts on the part of computer hackers and cyber-terrorists 
to breach data security of companies, we face risks associated with potential failure to adequately protect critical corporate, customer 
and employee data, which, if released, could adversely impact our customer relationships, our reputation, and even violate privacy laws.  
As part of our business, we develop, receive and retain confidential data about our company and our customers.

Further, the delay or failure to implement information system upgrades and new systems effectively could disrupt our business, 
distract management’s focus and attention from our business operations and growth initiatives, and increase our implementation and 
operating costs, any of which could negatively impact our operations and operating results.

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

We have engaged in acquisitions and may engage in future acquisitions that could negatively impact our results of operations, 
financial condition and business.

Previously, we acquired Technology Rentals & Services (“TRS”), an electronic test equipment rental business and Adler Tanks, 
a liquid and solid containment rental business, as well as several smaller acquisitions that were integrated into our current operating 
segments.  We anticipate that we will continue to consider acquisitions in the future that meet our strategic growth plans.  We are unable 
to predict whether or when any prospective acquisition will be completed.  Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including the following:

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

difficulties in integrating the operations, technologies, products and personnel of the acquired companies;

diversion of management’s attention from normal daily operations of our business;

difficulties in entering markets in which we have no or limited direct prior experience and where competitors in such markets 
may have stronger market positions;

difficulties  in  complying  with  regulations  applicable  to  any  acquired  business,  such  as  environmental  regulations,  and 
managing risks related to an acquired business;

timely completion of necessary financing and required amendments, if any, to existing agreements;

an inability to implement uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies;

undiscovered  and  unknown  problems,  defects,  damaged  assets  liabilities,  or  other  issues  related  to  any  acquisition  that 
become known to us only after the acquisition;

negative reactions from our customers to an acquisition;

disruptions among employees related to any acquisition which may erode employee morale;

loss of key employees, including costly litigation resulting from the termination of those employees;

an inability to realize cost efficiencies or synergies that we may anticipate when selecting acquisition candidates;

recording of goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that will be subject to future impairment testing and potential 
periodic impairment charges;

incurring amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets; and

becoming subject to litigation.

-17-

Acquisitions are inherently risky, and no assurance can be given that our future acquisitions will be successful or will not adversely 
affect  our  business,  operating  results,  or  financial  condition.    The  success  of  our  acquisition  strategy  depends  upon  our  ability  to 
successfully complete acquisitions and integrate any businesses that we acquire into our existing business.  The difficulties of integration 
could be increased by the necessity of coordinating geographically dispersed organizations; maintaining acceptable standards, controls, 
procedures and policies; integrating personnel with disparate business backgrounds; combining different corporate cultures; and the 
impairment of relationships with employees and customers as a result of any integration of new management and other personnel.  In 
addition, if we consummate one or more significant future acquisitions in which the consideration consists of stock or other securities, 
our  existing  shareholders’  ownership  could  be  diluted  significantly.  If  we  were  to  proceed  with  one  or  more  significant  future 
acquisitions in which the consideration included cash, we could be required to use, to the extent available, a substantial portion of our 
Credit  Facility.    If  we  increase  the  amount  borrowed  against  our  available  credit  line,  we  would  increase  the  risk  of  breaching  the 
covenants under our credit facilities with our lenders.  In addition, it would limit our ability to make other investments, or we may be 
required to seek additional debt or equity financing. Any of these items could adversely affect our results of operations.

If we determine that our goodwill and intangible assets have become impaired, we may incur impairment charges, which would 
negatively impact our operating results.

At December 31, 2020, we had $35.3 million of goodwill and intangible assets, net, on our consolidated balance sheets.  Goodwill 
represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations.  Under accounting principles generally 
accepted in the United States of America, we assess potential impairment of our goodwill and intangible assets at least annually, as well 
as on an interim basis to the extent that factors or indicators become apparent that could reduce the fair value of any of our businesses 
below book value.  Impairment may result from significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired asset, negative industry or 
economic trends and significant underperformance relative to historic or projected operating results.

Our rental equipment is subject to residual value risk upon disposition, and may not sell at the prices or in the quantities we 
expect.

The market value of any given piece of rental equipment could be less than its depreciated value at the time it is sold. The market 

value of used rental equipment depends on several factors, including:

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

the market price for new equipment of a like kind;

the age of the equipment at the time it is sold, as well as wear and tear on the equipment relative to its age;

the supply of used equipment on the market;

technological advances relating to the equipment;

worldwide and domestic demand for used equipment; and

general economic conditions.

We include in income from operations the difference between the sales price and the depreciated value of an item of equipment 
sold. Changes in our assumptions regarding depreciation could change our depreciation expense, as well as the gain or loss realized 
upon  disposal  of  equipment.    Sales  of  our  used  rental  equipment  at  prices  that  fall  significantly  below  our  projections  or  in  lesser 
quantities than we anticipate will have a negative impact on our results of operations and cash flows.

If we do not effectively manage our credit risk, collect on our accounts receivable or recover our rental equipment from our 
customers’ sites, it could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

We  generally  rent  and  sell  to  customers  on  30  day  payment  terms,  individually  perform  credit  evaluation  procedures  on  our 
customers for each transaction and require security deposits or other forms of security from our customers when a significant credit risk 
is identified. Historically, accounts receivable write-offs and write-offs related to equipment not returned by customers have not been 
significant and have averaged less than 1% of total revenues over the last five years.  If economic conditions deteriorate, we may see an 
increase  in  bad  debt  relative  to  historical  levels,  which  may  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  operations.  Business  segments  that 
experience significant market disruptions or declines may experience increased customer credit risk and higher bad debt expense. Failure 
to  manage  our  credit  risk  and  receive  timely  payments  on  our  customer  accounts  receivable  may  result  in  write-offs  and/or  loss of 
equipment, particularly electronic test equipment.  If we are not able to effectively manage credit risk issues, or if a large number of our 
customers  should  have  financial  difficulties  at  the  same  time,  our  receivables  and  equipment  losses  could  increase  above  historical 
levels.  If this should occur, our results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

-18-

Effective management of our rental assets is vital to our business.  If we are not successful in these efforts, it could have a material 
adverse impact on our results of operations.

Our modular, electronics and liquid and solid containment rental products have long useful lives and managing those assets is a 
critical element to each of our rental businesses.  Generally, we design units and find manufacturers to build them to our specifications 
for  our  modular  and  liquid  and  solid  containment  tanks  and  boxes.  Modular  asset  management  requires  designing  and  building  the 
product for a long life that anticipates the needs of our customers, including anticipating potential changes in legislation, regulations, 
building codes and local permitting in the various markets in which the Company operates. Electronic test equipment asset management 
requires  understanding,  selecting  and  investing  in  equipment  technologies  that  support  market  demand,  including  anticipating 
technological  advances  and  changes  in  manufacturers’  selling  prices.    Liquid  and  solid  containment  asset  management  requires 
designing and building the product for a long life, using quality components and repairing and maintaining the products to prevent leaks.  
For each of our modular, electronic test equipment and liquid and solid containment assets, we must successfully maintain and repair 
this equipment cost-effectively to maximize the useful life of the products and the level of proceeds from the sale of such products. To 
the extent that we are unable to do so, our result of operations could be materially adversely affected.

The nature of our businesses, including the ownership of industrial property, exposes us to the risk of litigation and liability 
under environmental, health and safety and products liability laws.  Violations of environmental or health and safety related 
laws or associated liability could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to national, state, provincial and local environmental laws and regulations concerning, among other things, solid 
and liquid waste and hazardous substances handling, storage and disposal and employee health and safety.  These laws and regulations 
are complex and frequently change.  We could incur unexpected costs, penalties and other civil and criminal liability if we fail to comply 
with applicable environmental or health and safety laws.  We also could incur costs or liabilities related to waste disposal or remediating 
soil or groundwater contamination at our properties, at our customers’ properties or at third party landfill and disposal sites.  These 
liabilities can be imposed on the parties generating, transporting or disposing of such substances or on the owner or operator of any 
affected property, often without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of hazardous 
substances.

Several aspects of our businesses involve risks of environmental and health and safety liability.  For example, our operations 
involve the use of petroleum products, solvents and other hazardous substances in the construction and maintaining of modular buildings 
and for fueling and maintaining our delivery trucks and vehicles.  We also own, transport and rent tanks and boxes in which waste 
materials are placed by our customers.  The historical operations at some of our previously or currently owned or leased and newly 
acquired or leased properties may have resulted in undiscovered soil or groundwater contamination or historical non-compliance by 
third parties for which we could be held liable.  Future events, such as changes in existing laws or policies or their enforcement, or the 
discovery  of  currently  unknown  contamination  or  non-compliance,  may  also  give  rise  to  liabilities  or  other  claims  based  on  these 
operations  that  may  be  material.    In  addition,  compliance  with  future  environmental  or  health  and  safety  laws  and  regulations  may 
require significant capital or operational expenditures or changes to our operations.

Accordingly, in addition to potential penalties for non-compliance, we may become liable, either contractually or by operation of 
law, for investigation, remediation and monitoring costs even if the contaminated property is not presently owned or operated by us, or 
if the contamination was caused by third parties during or prior to our ownership or operation of the property.  In addition, certain parties 
may be held liable for more than their “fair” share of environmental investigation and cleanup costs. Contamination and exposure to 
hazardous substances or other contaminants such as mold can also result in claims for remediation or damages, including personal injury, 
property damage, and natural resources damage claims.  Although expenses related to environmental compliance, health and safety 
issues, and related matters have not been material to date, we cannot assure that we will not have to make significant expenditures in 
the future in order to comply with applicable laws and regulations.  Violations of environmental or health and safety related laws or 
associated liability could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In  general,  litigation  in  the  industries  in  which  we  operate,  including  class  actions  that  seek  substantial  damages,  arises  with 
increasing  frequency.    Enforcement  of  environmental  and  health  and  safety  requirements  is  also  frequent.    Such  proceedings  are 
invariably expensive, regardless of the merit of the plaintiffs’ or prosecutors’ claims.  We may be named as a defendant in the future, 
and there can be no assurance, irrespective of the merit of such future actions, that we will not be required to make substantial settlement 
payments in the future. Further, a significant portion of our business is conducted in California which is one of the most highly regulated 
and litigious states in the country.  Therefore, our potential exposure to losses and expenses due to new laws, regulations or litigation 
may be greater than companies with a less significant California presence.

The nature of our business also subjects us to property damage and product liability claims, especially in connection with our 
modular  buildings  and  tank  and  box  rental  businesses.  Although  we  maintain  liability  coverage  that  we  believe  is  commercially 
reasonable, an unusually large property damage or product liability claim or a series of claims could exceed our insurance coverage or 
result in damage to our reputation.

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-19-

Our routine business activities expose us to risk of litigation from employees, vendors and other third parties, which could have 
a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

We may be subject to claims arising from disputes with employees, vendors and other third parties in the normal course of our 
business;  these  risks  may  be  difficult  to  assess  or  quantify  and  their  existence  and  magnitude  may  remain  unknown  for  substantial 
periods of time.  If the plaintiffs in any suits against us were to successfully prosecute their claims, or if we were to settle any such suits 
by making significant payments to the plaintiffs, our operating results and financial condition would be harmed.  Even if the outcome 
of a claim proves favorable to us, litigation can be time consuming and costly and may divert management resources.  In addition, our 
organizational  documents  require  us  to  indemnify  our  senior  executives  to  the  maximum  extent  permitted  by  California  law.    We 
maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that we believe is commercially reasonable in connection with such obligations, but 
if our senior executives were named in any lawsuit, our indemnification obligations could magnify the costs of these suits and/or exceed 
the coverage of such policies.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

If we suffer loss to our facilities, equipment or distribution system due to catastrophe, our insurance policies could be inadequate 
or depleted, our operations could be seriously harmed, which could negatively affect our operating results.

Our  facilities,  rental  equipment  and  distribution  systems  may  be  subject  to  catastrophic  loss  due  to  fire,  flood,  hurricane, 
earthquake, terrorism or other natural or man-made disasters.  In particular, our headquarters, three operating facilities, and certain of 
our rental equipment are located in areas of California, with above average seismic activity and could be subject to catastrophic loss 
caused by an earthquake.  Our rental equipment and facilities in Texas, Louisiana, Florida, North Carolina and Georgia are located in 
areas  subject  to  hurricanes  and  other  tropical  storms.    In  addition  to  customers’  insurance  on  rented  equipment,  we  carry  property 
insurance  on  our  rental  equipment  in  inventory  and  operating  facilities  as  well  as  business  interruption  insurance.    We  believe  our 
insurance policies have adequate limits and deductibles to mitigate the potential loss exposure of our business.  We do not maintain 
financial reserves for policy deductibles and our insurance policies contain exclusions that are customary for our industry, including 
exclusions for earthquakes, flood and terrorism.  If any of our facilities or a significant amount of our rental equipment were to experience 
a catastrophic loss, it could disrupt our operations, delay orders, shipments and revenue recognition and result in expenses to repair or 
replace the damaged rental equipment and facility not covered by insurance, which could have a material adverse effect on our results 
of operations.

INTEREST RATE AND INDEBTEDNESS RISKS: 

Our debt instruments contain covenants that restrict or prohibit our ability to enter into a variety of transactions and may limit 
our ability to finance future operations or capital needs. If we have an event of default under these instruments, our indebtedness 
could be accelerated and we may not be able to refinance such indebtedness or make the required accelerated payments.

The agreements governing our Series B and Series C Senior Notes (as defined and more fully described under the heading “Item 
7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources”) and 
our Credit Facility contain various covenants that limit our discretion in operating our business.  In particular, we are limited in our 
ability to merge, consolidate, reorganize or transfer substantially all of our assets, make investments, pay dividends or distributions, 
redeem or repurchase stock, change the nature of our business, enter into transactions with affiliates, incur indebtedness and create liens 
on our assets to secure debt.  In addition, we are required to meet certain financial covenants under these instruments.  These restrictions 
could  limit  our  ability  to  obtain  future  financing,  make  strategic  acquisitions  or  needed  capital  expenditures,  withstand  economic 
downturns in our business or the economy in general, conduct operations or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities that may 
arise.

A failure to comply with the restrictions contained in these agreements could lead to an event of default, which could result in an 
acceleration of our indebtedness.  In the event of an acceleration, we may not have or be able to obtain sufficient funds to refinance our 
indebtedness or make any required accelerated payments.  If we default on our indebtedness, our business financial condition and results 
of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

-20-

The majority of our indebtedness is subject to variable interest rates, which makes us vulnerable to increases in interest rates, 
which could negatively affect our net income.

Our indebtedness exposes us to interest rate increases because the majority of our indebtedness is subject to variable rates.  At 
present, we do not have any derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps or hedges to mitigate interest rate variability. 
The interest rates under our credit facilities are reset at varying periods. These interest rate adjustments could cause periodic fluctuations 
in our operating results and cash flows.  Our annual debt service obligations increase by approximately $1.2 million per year for each 
1% increase in the average interest rate we pay based on the $122.8 million balance of variable rate debt outstanding at December 31, 
2020.  If interest rates rise in the future, and, particularly if they rise significantly, interest expense will increase and our net income will 
be negatively affected.

GENERAL RISKS:

Our effective tax rate may change and become less predictable as our business expands, or as a result of federal and state tax 
law changes, making our future earnings less predictable.

We continue to consider expansion opportunities domestically and internationally for our rental businesses.  Since the Company’s 
effective tax rate depends on business levels, personnel and assets located in various jurisdictions, further expansion into new markets 
or acquisitions may change the effective tax rate in the future and may make it, and consequently our earnings, less predictable going 
forward.  In addition, the enactment of future tax law changes by federal and state taxing authorities may impact the Company’s current 
period tax provision and its deferred tax liabilities.

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

Changes in financial accounting standards may cause lower than expected operating results and affect our reported results of 
operations.

Changes in accounting standards and their application may have a significant effect on our reported results on a going-forward 
basis and may also affect the recording and disclosure of previously reported transactions.  New accounting pronouncements and varying 
interpretations of accounting pronouncements have occurred in the past and may occur in the future.  Changes to existing rules or the 
questioning of current practices may adversely affect our reported financial results or the way we conduct our business.

SPECIFIC RISKS RELATED TO OUR RELOCATABLE MODULAR BUILDINGS BUSINESS SEGMENT:

Significant reductions of, or delays in, funding to public schools have caused the demand and pricing for our modular classroom 
units to decline, which has in the past caused, and may cause in the future, a reduction in our revenues and profitability.

Rentals and sales of modular buildings to public school districts for use as classrooms, restroom buildings, and administrative 
offices for K-12 represent a significant portion of Mobile Modular’s rental and sales revenues.  Funding for public school facilities is 
derived from a variety of sources including the passage of both statewide and local facility bond measures, developer fees and various 
taxes levied to support school operating budgets.  Many of these funding sources are subject to financial and political considerations, 
which vary from district to district and are not tied to demand.  Historically, we have benefited from the passage of statewide and local 
facility bond measures and believe these are essential to our business.

The  state  of  California  is  our  largest  market  for  classroom  rentals.    The  strength  of  this  market  depends  heavily  on  public 
funding from voter passage of both state and local facility bond measures, and the ability of the state to sell such bonds in the public 
market.  A lack of passage of state and local facility bond measures, or the inability to sell bonds in the public markets in the future 
could  reduce  our  revenues  and  operating  income,  and  consequently  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  financial 
condition.  Furthermore, even if voters have approved facility bond measures and the state has raised bond funds, there is no guarantee 
that individual school projects will be funded in a timely manner.

As a consequence of the most recent economic recession, many states and local governments experienced large budget deficits 
resulting in severe budgetary constraints among public school districts.  To the extent public school districts’ funding is reduced for the 
rental and purchase of modular buildings, our business could be harmed and our results of operations negatively impacted.  We believe 
that interruptions or delays in the passage of facility bond measures or completion of state budgets, an insufficient amount of state 
funding, a significant reduction of funding to public schools, or changes negatively impacting enrollment may reduce the rental and sale 
demand for our educational products.  Any reductions in funding available to the school districts from the states in which we do business 
may  cause  school  districts  to  experience  budget  shortfalls  and  to  reduce  their  demand  for  our  products  despite  growing  student 
populations, class size reduction initiatives and modernization and reconstruction project needs, which could reduce our revenues and 
operating income and consequently have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition.

-21-

Public policies that create demand for our products and services may change, resulting in decreased demand for or the pricing 
of our products and services, which could negatively affect our revenues and operating income.

Various states that we operate enacted laws and constitutional amendments to provide funding for school districts to limit the 
number of students that may be grouped in a single classroom.  School districts with class sizes in excess of state limits have been and 
continue to be a significant source of our demand for modular classrooms.  In California, efforts to address aging infrastructure and 
deferred maintenance have resulted in modernization and reconstruction projects by public school districts including seismic retrofitting, 
asbestos abatement and various building repairs and upgrades, which has been another source of demand for our modular classrooms.  
The most recent economic recession caused state and local budget shortfalls, which reduced school districts’ funding and their ability 
to comply with state class size reduction requirements.  If educational priorities and policies shift away from class-size reduction or 
modernization and reconstruction projects, demand and pricing for our products and services may decline, not grow as quickly as, or 
not reach the levels that we anticipate.  Significant equipment returns may result in lower utilization until equipment can be redeployed 
or sold, which may cause rental rates to decline and negatively affect our revenues and operating income.

Failure to comply with applicable regulations could harm our business and financial condition, resulting in lower operating 
results and cash flows.

Similar to conventionally constructed buildings, the modular building industry, including the manufacturers and lessors of portable 
classrooms, are subject to regulations by multiple governmental agencies at the federal, state and local level relating to environmental, 
zoning, health, safety, energy efficiency, labor and transportation matters, among other matters.  Failure to comply with these laws or 
regulations could impact our business or harm our reputation and result in higher capital or operating expenditures or the imposition of 
penalties or restrictions on our operations.

As  with  conventional  construction,  typically  new  codes  and  regulations  are  not  retroactively  applied.    Nonetheless,  new 
governmental regulations in these or other areas may increase our acquisition cost of new rental equipment, limit the use of or make 
obsolete some of our existing equipment, or increase our costs of rental operations.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

Building codes are generally reviewed every three years.  All aspects of a given code are subject to change including, but not 
limited to, such items as structural specifications for earthquake safety, energy efficiency and environmental standards, fire and life 
safety, transportation, lighting and noise limits.  

Compliance with building codes and regulations entails a certain amount of risk as state and local government authorities do not 
necessarily interpret building codes and regulations in a consistent manner, particularly where applicable regulations may be unclear 
and subject to interpretation.  These regulations often provide broad discretion to governmental authorities that oversee these matters, 
which can result in unanticipated delays or increases in the cost of compliance in particular markets.  The construction and modular 
industries have developed many “best practices” which are constantly evolving. Some of our peers and competitors may adopt practices 
that are more or less stringent than the Company’s.  When, and if, regulatory standards are clarified, the effect of the clarification may 
be to impose rules on our business and practices retroactively, at which time, we may not be in compliance with such regulations and 
we may be required to incur costly remediation.  If we are unable to pass these increased costs on to our customers, our profitability, 
operating cash flows and financial condition could be negatively impacted.

Expansions of our modular operations into new markets may negatively affect our operating results.

In the past we have expanded our modular operations into new geographies and states.  There are risks inherent in the undertaking 
of such expansion, including the risk of revenue from the business in any new markets not meeting our expectations, higher than expected 
costs in entering these new markets, risk associated with compliance with applicable state and local laws and regulations, response by 
competitors and unanticipated consequences of expansion.  In addition, expansion into new markets may be affected by local economic 
and  market  conditions.    Expansion  of  our  operations  into  new  markets  will  require  a  significant  amount  of  attention  from  our 
management,  a  commitment  of  financial  resources  and  will  require  us  to  add  qualified  management  in  these  markets,  which  may 
negatively impact our operating results.

We are subject to laws and regulations governing government contracts.  These laws and regulations make these government 
contracts more favorable to government entities than other third parties and any changes in these laws and regulations, or our 
failure to comply with these laws and regulations could harm our business.

We have agreements relating to the sale of our products to government entities and, as a result, we are subject to various statutes 
and regulations that apply to companies doing business with the government.  The laws governing government contracts differ from the 
laws governing private contracts.  For example, many government contracts contain pricing terms and conditions that are not applicable 
to private contracts such as clauses that allow government entities not to perform on contractual obligations in the case of a lack of fiscal 
funding.  Also, in the educational markets we serve, we are able to utilize “piggyback” contracts in marketing our products and services 

-22-

and ultimately to book business.  The term “piggyback” contract refers to contracts for portable classrooms or other products entered 
into by public school districts following a formal bid process that allows for the use of the same contract terms and conditions with the 
successful vendor by other public school districts.  As a result, “piggyback” contracts allow us to more readily book orders from our 
government customers, primarily public school districts, and to reduce the administrative expense associated with booking these orders. 
The  governmental  statutes  and  regulations  that  allow  for  use  of  “piggyback”  contracts  are  subject  to  change  or  elimination  in  their 
entirety.  A change in the manner of use or the elimination of “piggyback” contracts would likely negatively impact our ability to book 
new  business  from  these  government  customers  and  could  cause  our  administrative  expenses  related  to  processing  these  orders  to 
increase significantly.  In addition, any failure to comply with these laws and regulations might result in administrative penalties or even 
in the suspension of these contracts and as a result, the loss of the related revenues which would harm our business and results from 
operations.

Seasonality of our educational business may have adverse consequences for our business.

A significant portion of the modular sale and rental revenues is derived from the educational market.  Typically, during each 
calendar year, our highest numbers of classrooms are shipped for rental and sale orders during the second and third quarters for delivery 
and installation prior to the start of the upcoming school year. The majority of classrooms shipped in the second and third quarters have 
rental start dates during the third quarter, thereby making the fourth quarter the first full quarter of rental revenues recognized for these 
transactions.  Although this is the historical seasonality of our business, it is subject to change or may not meet our expectations, which 
may have adverse consequences for our business.

We face strong competition in our modular building markets and we may not be able to effectively compete.

The  modular  building  leasing  industry  is  highly  competitive  in  our  states  of  operation  and  we  expect  it  to  remain  so.    The 
competitive market in which we operate may prevent us from raising rental fees or sales prices to pass any increased costs on to our 
customers.    We  compete  on  the  basis  of  a  number  of  factors,  including  equipment  availability,  quality,  price,  service,  reliability, 
appearance, functionality and delivery terms.  We may experience pricing pressures in our areas of operation in the future as some of 
our competitors seek to obtain market share by reducing prices.

Some of our competitors in the modular building leasing industry, notably WillScot Corporation, have a greater range of products 
and services, greater financial and marketing resources, larger customer bases, and greater name recognition than we have.  In August 
2018, WillScot Corporation completed the acquisition of Modspace in August, 2018 and Mobile Mini in July, 2020.  These combined 
competitors may be better able to respond to changes in the relocatable modular building market, to finance acquisitions, to fund internal 
growth and to compete for market share, any of which could harm our business.

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

We  may  not  be  able  to  quickly  redeploy  modular  units  returning  from  leases,  which  could  negatively  affect  our  financial 
performance and our ability to expand, or utilize, our rental fleet.

As of December 31, 2020, 65% of our modular portfolio had equipment on rent for periods exceeding the original committed 
term.  Generally, when a customer continues to rent the modular units beyond the contractual term, the equipment rents on a month-to-
month basis.  If a significant number of our rented modular units were returned during a short period of time, particularly those units 
that are rented on a month-to-month basis, a large supply of units would need to be remarketed.  Our failure to effectively remarket a 
large influx of units returning from leases could negatively affect our financial performance and our ability to continue expanding our 
rental fleet.  In addition, if returned units stay off rent for an extended period of time, we may incur additional costs to securely store 
and maintain them.

Significant increases in raw material and labor costs could increase our acquisition cost of new modular rental units and repair 
and maintenance costs of our fleet, which would increase our operating costs and harm our profitability.

We incur labor costs and purchase raw materials, including lumber, siding and roofing and other products to perform periodic 
repairs,  modifications  and  refurbishments  to  maintain  physical  conditions  of  our  modular  units.    The  volume,  timing  and  mix  of 
maintenance and repair work on our rental equipment may vary quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year.  Generally, increases in labor and 
raw material costs will also increase the acquisition cost of new modular units and increase the repair and maintenance costs of our fleet.  
We also maintain a fleet of service trucks and use subcontractor companies for the delivery, set-up, return delivery and dismantle of 
modulars for our customers. We rely on our subcontractor service companies to meet customer demands for timely shipment and return, 
and the loss or inadequate number of subcontractor service companies may cause prices to increase, while negatively impacting our 
reputation and operating performance.  During periods of rising prices for labor, raw materials or fuel, and in particular, when the prices 
increase rapidly or to levels significantly higher than normal, we may incur significant increases in our acquisition costs for new modular 
units and incur higher operating costs that we may not be able to recoup from our customers, which would reduce our profitability.

-23-

Failure by third parties to manufacture our products timely or properly may harm our reputation and financial condition.

We are dependent on third parties to manufacture our products even though we are able to purchase products from a variety of 
third-party  suppliers.  Mobile  Modular  purchases  new  modulars  from  various  manufacturers  who  build  to  Mobile  Modular’s  design 
specifications.  With the exception of Enviroplex, none of the principal suppliers are affiliated with the Company.  During 2020, Mobile 
Modular purchased 45% of its modular product from one manufacturer.  The Company believes that the loss of any of its primary 
manufacturers of modulars could have an adverse effect on its operations since Mobile Modular could experience higher prices and 
longer delivery lead times for modular product until other manufacturers were able to increase their production capacity.

Failure to properly design, manufacture, repair and maintain the modular product may result in impairment charges, potential 
litigation and reduction of our operating results and cash flows.

We  estimate  the  useful  life  of  the  modular  product  to  be  18  years  with  a  residual  value  of  50%.    However,  proper  design, 
manufacture, repairs and maintenance of the modular product during our ownership is required for the product to reach the estimated 
useful life of 18 years with a residual value of 50%.  If we do not appropriately manage the design, manufacture, repair and maintenance 
of our modular product, or otherwise delay or defer such repair or maintenance, we may be required to incur impairment charges for 
equipment that is beyond economic repair costs or incur significant capital expenditures to acquire new modular product to serve demand.  
In addition, such failures may result in personal injury or property damage claims, including claims based on presence of mold, and 
termination of leases or contracts by customers.  Costs of contract performance, potential litigation, and profits lost from termination 
could accordingly reduce our future operating results and cash flows.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

Our warranty costs may increase and warranty claims could damage our reputation and negatively impact our revenues and 
operating income.

Sales  of  new  relocatable  modular  buildings  not  manufactured  by  us  are  typically  covered  by  warranties  provided  by  the 
manufacturer  of  the  products  sold.    We  provide  ninety-day  warranties  on  certain  modular  sales  of  used  rental  units  and  one-year 
warranties on equipment manufactured by our Enviroplex subsidiary.  Historically, our warranty costs have not been significant, and 
we monitor the quality of our products closely.  If a defect were to arise in the installation of our equipment at the customer’s facilities 
or in the equipment acquired from our suppliers or by our Enviroplex subsidiary, we may experience increased warranty claims.  Such 
claims could disrupt our sales operations, damage our reputation and require costly repairs or other remedies, negatively impacting 
revenues and operating income.

SPECIFIC RISKS RELATED TO OUR ELECTRONIC TEST EQUIPMENT BUSINESS SEGMENT:

Market risk and cyclical downturns in the industries using test equipment may result in periods of low demand for our product 
resulting in excess inventory, impairment charges and reduction of our operating results and cash flows.

TRS-RenTelco’s revenues are derived from the rental and sale of general purpose and communications test equipment to a broad 
range  of  companies,  from  Fortune  500  to  middle  and  smaller  market  companies,  in  the  aerospace,  defense,  communications, 
manufacturing and semiconductor industries.  Electronic test equipment rental and sales revenues are primarily affected by the business 
activity within these industries related to research and development, manufacturing, and communication infrastructure installation and 
maintenance.  Historically, these industries have been cyclical and have experienced periodic downturns, which can have a material 
adverse impact on the industry’s demand for equipment, including our rental electronic test equipment. In addition, the severity and 
length of any downturn in an industry may also affect overall access to capital, which could adversely affect our customers and result in 
excess inventory and impairment charges.  During periods of reduced and declining demand for test equipment, we are exposed to 
additional receivable risk from non-payment and may need to rapidly align our cost structure with prevailing market conditions, which 
may negatively impact our operating results and cash flows.

Seasonality of our electronic test equipment business may impact quarterly results.

Generally, rental activity declines in the fourth quarter month of December and the first quarter months of January and February.  
These months may have lower rental activity due to holiday closures, particularly by larger companies, inclement weather and its impact 
on  various  field  related  communications  equipment  rentals,  and  companies’  operational  recovery  from  holiday  closures  which  may 
impact the start-up of new projects coming online in the first quarter.  These seasonal factors historically have impacted quarterly results 
in each year’s first and fourth quarter, but we are unable to predict how such factors may impact future periods.

Our rental test equipment may become obsolete or may no longer be supported by a manufacturer, which could result in an 
impairment charge.

Electronic test equipment is characterized by changing technology and evolving industry standards that may render our existing 
equipment obsolete through new product introductions, or enhancements, before the end of its anticipated useful life, causing us to incur 

-24-

impairment charges. We must anticipate and keep pace with the introduction of new hardware, software and networking technologies 
and acquire equipment that will be marketable to our current and prospective customers.

Additionally, some manufacturers of our equipment may be acquired or cease to exist, resulting in a future lack of support for 
equipment purchased from those manufacturers.   This could result in the remaining useful life becoming shorter, causing us to incur an 
impairment charge.  We monitor our manufacturers’ capacity to support their products and the introduction of new technologies, and 
we acquire equipment that will be marketable to our current and prospective customers. However, any prolonged economic downturn 
could result in unexpected bankruptcies or reduced support from our manufacturers.  Failure to properly select, manage and respond to 
the technological needs of our customers and changes to our products through their technology life cycle may cause certain electronic 
test equipment to become obsolete, resulting in impairment charges, which may negatively impact operating results and cash flows.

If we do not effectively compete in the rental equipment market, our operating results will be materially and adversely affected.

The electronic test equipment rental business is characterized by intense competition from several competitors, including Electro 
Rent Corporation, Continental Resources and TestEquity, some of which may have access to greater financial and other resources than 
we do. Although no single competitor holds a dominant market share, we face competition from these established entities and new 
entrants in the market.  We believe that we anticipate and keep pace with the introduction of new products and acquire equipment that 
will  be  marketable  to  our  current  and  prospective  customers.    We  compete  on  the  basis  of  a  number  of  factors,  including  product 
availability, price, service and reliability.  Some of our competitors may offer similar equipment for lease, rental or sale at lower prices 
and may offer more extensive servicing, or financing options.  Failure to adequately forecast the adoption of, and demand for, new or 
existing  products  may  cause  us  not  to  meet  our  customers’  equipment  requirements  and  may  materially  and  adversely  affect  our 
operating results.

If we are not able to obtain equipment at favorable rates, there could be a material adverse effect on our operating results and 
reputation.

The majority of our rental equipment portfolio is comprised of general purpose test and measurement instruments purchased from 
leading manufacturers such as Keysight Technologies, Rhode & Schwarz and Tektronix, a division of Fortive Corporation.  We depend 
on purchasing equipment from these manufacturers and suppliers for use as our rental equipment. If, in the future, we are not able to 
purchase necessary equipment from one or more of these suppliers on favorable terms, we may not be able to meet our customers’ 
demands in a timely manner or for a rental rate that generates a profit. If this should occur, we may not be able to secure necessary 
equipment from an alternative source on acceptable terms and our business and reputation may be materially and adversely affected.

If we are not able to anticipate and mitigate the risks associated with operating internationally, there could be a material adverse 
effect on our operating results.

Currently, total foreign country customers and operations account for less than 10% of the Company’s revenues.  In recent years 
some of our customers have expanded their international operations faster than domestic operations, and this trend may continue.   Over 
time, the amount of our international business may increase if we focus on international market opportunities. Operating in foreign 
countries subjects the Company to additional risks, any of which may adversely impact our future operating results, including:

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

international political, economic and legal conditions including tariffs and trade barriers;

our ability to comply with customs, anti-corruption, import/export and other trade compliance regulations, together with 
any unexpected changes in such regulations;

greater difficulty in our ability to recover rental equipment and obtain payment of the related trade receivables;

additional costs to establish and maintain international subsidiaries and related operations;

difficulties in attracting and retaining staff and business partners to operate internationally;

language and cultural barriers;

seasonal reductions in business activities in the countries where our international customers are located;

difficulty with the integration of foreign operations;

longer payment cycles;

currency fluctuations; and

potential adverse tax consequences.

-25-

Unfavorable currency exchange rates may negatively impact our financial results in U.S. dollar terms.

We receive revenues in Canadian dollars from our business activities in Canada.  Conducting business in currencies other than 
U.S. dollars subjects us to fluctuations in currency exchange rates.  If the currency exchange rates change unfavorably, the value of net 
receivables we receive in foreign currencies and later convert to U.S. dollars after the unfavorable change would be diminished.  This 
could have a negative impact on our reported operating results.  We currently do not engage in hedging strategies to mitigate this risk.

SPECIFIC  RISKS  RELATED  TO  OUR  LIQUID  AND  SOLID  CONTAINMENT  TANKS  AND  BOXES  BUSINESS 
SEGMENT:

We may be brought into tort or environmental litigation or held responsible for cleanup of spills if the customer fails to perform, 
or an accident occurs in the use of our rental products, which could materially adversely affect our business, future operating 
results or financial position.

Our rental tanks and boxes are used by our customers to store non-hazardous and certain hazardous liquids and solids on the 
customer’s site.  Our customers are generally responsible for proper operation of our tank and box rental equipment while on rent and 
returning a cleaned and undamaged container upon completion of use, but exceptions may be granted and we cannot always assure that 
these responsibilities are fully met in all cases.  Although we require the customer to carry commercial general liability insurance in a 
minimum amount of $5,000,000, such policies often contain pollution exclusions and other exceptions.  Furthermore, we cannot be 
certain our liability insurance will always be sufficient.  In addition, if an accident were to occur involving our rental equipment or a 
spill of substances were to occur when the tank or box was in transport or on rent with our customer, a claim could be made against us 
as owner of the rental equipment.

In the event of a spill or accident, we may be brought into a lawsuit or enforcement action by either our customer or a third 
party on numerous potential grounds, including an allegation that an inherent flaw in a tank or box contributed to an accident or that 
the tank had suffered some undiscovered harm from a previous customer’s prior use.  In the event of a spill caused by our customers, 
we  may  be  held  responsible  for  cleanup  under  environmental  laws  and  regulations  concerning  obligations  of  suppliers  of  rental 
products to effect remediation.  In addition, applicable environmental laws and regulations may impose liability on us for the conduct 
of third parties, or for actions that complied with applicable regulations when taken, regardless of negligence or fault.  Substantial 
damage awards have also been made in certain jurisdictions against lessors of industrial equipment based upon claims of personal 
injury, property damage, and resource damage caused by the use of various products.  While we take what we believe are reasonable 
precautions that our rental equipment is in good and safe condition prior to rental and carry insurance to protect against certain risks 
of loss or accidents, such liability could adversely impact our profitability.

The liquid and solid containment rental industry is highly competitive, and competitive pressures could lead to a decrease in 
our market share or in rental rates and our ability to rent, or sell, equipment at favorable prices, which could adversely affect 
our operating results.

The liquid and solid containment rental industry is highly competitive.  We compete against national, regional and local companies, 
including United Rentals, Rain For Rent and Mobile Mini, all of which may be larger than we are, may offer a wider range of products 
and services and may have greater financial and marketing resources than we have.  Some of our competitors also have longer operating 
histories, lower cost basis of rental equipment and lower cost structures than we have. In addition, certain of our competitors are more 
geographically diverse than we are and have greater name recognition among customers than we do.  As a result, our competitors that 
have  these  advantages  may  be  better  able  to  attract  customers  and  provide  their  products  and  services  at  lower  rental  rates.    Some 
competitors  offer  different  approaches  to  liquid  storage,  such  as  large-volume  modular  tanks  that  may  have  better  economics  and 
compete with conventional frac tanks in certain oil and gas field applications. We may in the future encounter increased competition in 
the markets that we serve from existing competitors or from new market entrants.  In July 2020, Wilscot acquired Mobile Mini and in 
July 2018, United Rentals, Inc. completed the acquisition of BakerCorp.  Industry consolidation may create additional competition for 
customers and provide the combined entity access to greater financial resources than we have.

We believe that equipment quality, service levels, rental rates and fleet size are key competitive factors in the liquid and solid 
containment rental industry.  From time to time, we or our competitors may attempt to compete aggressively by lowering rental rates or 
prices. Competitive pressures could adversely affect our revenues and operating results by decreasing our market share or depressing 
rental rates.  To the extent we lower rental rates or increase our fleet in order to retain or increase market share, our operating margins 
would  be  adversely  impacted.    In  addition,  we  may  not  be  able  to  match  a  larger  competitor’s  price  reductions  or  fleet  investment 
because of its greater financial resources, all of which could adversely impact our operating results through a combination of a decrease 
in our market share, revenues and operating income.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

-26-

Market  risk,  commodity  price  volatility,  regulatory  changes  or  interruptions  and  cyclical  downturns  in  the  industries  using 
tanks and boxes may result in periods of low demand for our products resulting in excess inventory, impairment charges and 
reduction of our operating results and cash flows.

Adler Tanks’ revenues are derived from the rental of tanks and boxes to companies involved in oil and gas exploration, extraction 
and refinement, environmental remediation and wastewater/groundwater treatment, infrastructure and building construction and various 
industrial services, among others.  We expect tank and box rental revenues will primarily be affected by the business activity within 
these  industries.    Historically,  these  industries  have  been  cyclical  and  have  experienced  periodic  downturns,  which  have  a  material 
adverse impact on the industry’s demand for equipment, including the tanks and boxes rented by us.  Lower oil or gas prices may have 
an adverse effect on our liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes business. Any steep decline in both domestic and international oil 
and gas prices driven by materially higher supply levels and weak demand could have a significant negative impact on the industry’s 
demand for equipment, especially if such market conditions continue for an extended period of time.  If the price reduction causes 
customers to limit or stop exploration, extraction or refinement activities, resulting in lower demand and pricing for renting Adler Tank’s 
products,  our  financial  results  could  be  adversely  impacted.    Also,  a  weak  U.S.  economy  may  negatively  impact  infrastructure 
construction and industrial activity.  Any of these factors may result in excess inventory or impairment charges and reduce our operating 
results and cash flows.

Changes in regulatory, or governmental, oversight of hydraulic fracturing could materially adversely affect the demand for our 
rental products and reduce our operating results and cash flows.

We believe that demand related to hydraulic fracturing has increased the total rental revenues and market size in recent years. Oil 
and  gas  exploration  and  extraction  (including  use  of  tanks  for  hydraulic  fracturing  to  obtain  shale  oil  and  shale  gas)  are  subject  to 
numerous local, state and federal regulations.   In the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, oil and gas exploration and production 
accounted for approximately 7% of Adler Tanks’ rental revenues, and approximately 1% of the Company’s total revenues. The hydraulic 
fracturing method of extraction has come under scrutiny in several states and by the Federal government due to the potential adverse 
effects that hydraulic fracturing, and the liquids and chemicals used, may have on water quality and public health.  In addition, the 
disposal of wastewater from the hydraulic fracturing process into injection wells may increase the rate of seismic activity near drill sites 
and could result in regulatory changes, delays or interruption of future activity.  Changes in these regulations could limit, interrupt, or 
stop exploration and extraction activities, which would negatively impact the demand for our rental products.  Finally, it is possible that 
changes  in  the  technology  utilized  in  hydraulic  fracturing  could  make  it  less  dependent  on  liquids  and  therefore  lower  the  related 
requirements for the use of our rental products, which would reduce our operating results and cash flows.

Seasonality of the liquid and solid containment rental industry may impact quarterly results.

Rental activity may decline in the fourth quarter month of December and the first quarter months of January and February.  These 
months may have lower rental activity in parts of the country where inclement weather may delay, or suspend, a company’s project.  
The impact of these delays may be to decrease the number of tanks, or boxes, on rent until companies are able to resume their projects 
when weather improves.  These seasonal factors historically have impacted quarterly results in each year’s first and fourth quarter, but 
we are unable to predict how such factors may impact future periods.

Significant increases in raw material, fuel and labor costs could increase our acquisition and operating costs of rental equipment, 
which would increase operating costs and decrease profitability.

Increases in raw material costs such as steel and labor to manufacture liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes would increase 
the cost of acquiring new equipment.  These price increases could materially and adversely impact our financial condition and results 
of operations if we are not able to recoup these increases through higher rental revenues.  In addition, a significant amount of revenues 
are  generated  from  the  transport  of  rental  equipment  to  and  from  customers.    We  own  delivery  trucks,  employ  drivers  and  utilize 
subcontractors to provide these services.  The price of fuel can be unpredictable and beyond our control.  During periods of rising fuel 
and labor costs, and in particular when prices increase rapidly, we may not be able recoup these costs from our customers, which would 
reduce our profitability.

We derive a meaningful amount of our revenue in our liquid and solid containment tank and boxes business from a limited 
number of customers, the loss of one or more of which could have an adverse effect on our business.

Periodically, a meaningful portion of our revenue in our liquid and solid containment tank and boxes business may be generated 
from a few major customers.  Although we have some long-term relationships with our major customers, we cannot be assured that our 
customers will continue to use our products or services or that they will continue to do so at historical levels.  The loss of any meaningful 
customer, the failure to collect a material receivable from a meaningful customer, any material reduction in orders by a meaningful 
customer or the cancellation of a meaningful customer order could significantly reduce our revenues and consequently harm our financial 
condition and our ability to fund our operations.

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-27-

We may not be able to quickly redeploy equipment returning from leases at equivalent prices.

Many  of  our  rental  transactions  are  short-term  in  nature  with  pricing  established  on  a  daily  basis.    The  length  of  time  that  a 
customer needs equipment can often be difficult to determine and can be impacted by a number of factors such as weather, customer 
funding and project delays.  In addition, our equipment is primarily used in the oil and gas, industrial plant services, environmental 
remediation and infrastructure and building construction industries.  Changes in the economic conditions facing any of those industries 
could result in a significant number of units returning off rent, both for us and our competitors.

If the supply of rental equipment available on the market significantly increases due to units coming off rent, demand for and 
pricing  of  our  rental  products  could  be  adversely  impacted.    We  may  experience  delays  in  remarketing  our  off-rent  units  to  new 
customers and incur cost to move the units to other regions where demand is stronger.  Actions in these circumstances by our competitors 
may also depress the market price for rental units.  These delays and price pressures would adversely affect equipment utilization levels 
and total revenues, which would reduce our profitability.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES.

The Company’s corporate and administrative offices are located in Livermore, California in approximately 26,000 square feet. 

The Company’s four reportable business segments currently conduct operations from the following locations:

Mobile  Modular  –  Seven  inventory  centers,  at  which  relocatable  modular  buildings  and  storage  containers  are  displayed, 
refurbished and stored are located in Livermore, California (137 acres in the San Francisco Bay Area), Mira Loma, California (79 acres 
in  the  Los  Angeles  area),  Pasadena,  Texas  (50  acres  in  the  Houston  area),  in  Grand  Prairie,  Texas  (43  acres  in  the  Dallas  area), 
Auburndale, Florida (123 acres in the Orlando area), Arcade, Georgia (48 acres in the Atlanta area) and Fredericksburg, Virginia (68 
acres  in  the  Washington  D.C.  area).    The  inventory  centers  conduct  rental  and  sales  operations  from  modular  buildings,  serving as 
working models of the Company’s modular product.  The Company also has a leased modular sales office in Charlotte, North Carolina 
from which the states of North Carolina and South Carolina are served.

TRS-RenTelco – Electronic test equipment rental and sales operations are conducted from a 117,000 square foot leased facility in 

Grapevine, Texas (Dallas area) and a sales office in Dollard-des-Ormeaux, Quebec (Montreal, Canada area).

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

Adler Tanks – Adler Tanks operates from branch offices serving the Northeast, Mid-Atlantic, Midwest, Southeast, Southwest and 
West.  A number of our branch offices are leased and have remaining lease terms of one to three years, or are leased on a month to 
month basis.  We believe satisfactory alternative properties can be found in all of our markets if we do not renew our existing leased 
properties.

Enviroplex – The Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Enviroplex, manufactures modular buildings used primarily as classrooms 

in California from its 108,000 square foot facility in Stockton, California (San Francisco Bay Area).

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

The Company is involved in various lawsuits and routine claims arising out of the normal course of its business. The Company 
maintains insurance coverage for its operations and employees with appropriate aggregate, per occurrence and deductible limits as the 
Company reasonably determines necessary or prudent with current operations and historical experience.  The major policies include 
coverage for property, general liability, auto, directors and officers, health, and workers’ compensation insurances.  In the opinion of 
management, the ultimate amount of liability not covered by insurance, if any, under any pending litigation and claims, individually or 
in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position or operating results of the Company.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

Not Applicable

-28-

 
PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER 

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

The Company's common stock is traded in the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “MGRC”.  As of February 23, 
2021, the Company's common stock was held by approximately 40 shareholders of record, which does not include shareholders whose 
shares are held in street or nominee name.  The Company believes that when holders in street or nominee name are added, the number 
of holders of the Company's common stock exceeds 500.

Stock Repurchase Plan

The  Company  has  in  the  past  made  purchases  of  shares  of  its  common  stock  from  time  to  time  in  over-the-counter  market 
(NASDAQ) transactions, through privately negotiated, large block transactions and through a share repurchase plan, in accordance with 
Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  In August 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to 
repurchase 2,000,000 shares of the Company's outstanding common stock (the “Repurchase Plan”).  The amount and time of the specific 
repurchases  are  subject  to  prevailing  market  conditions,  applicable  legal  requirements  and  other  factors,  including  management’s 
discretion.  All shares repurchased by the Company are canceled and returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares of common 
stock. There can be no assurance that any authorized shares will be repurchased and the repurchase program may be modified, extended 
or terminated by the Board of Directors at any time.  There were 282,221 shares of common stock repurchased during the twelve months 
ended December 31, 2020 for the aggregate purchase price of $13.6 million or an average price of $48.25 per repurchased share.  There 
were no repurchases of common stock during the fourth quarter 2020 and twelve months ended December 31, 2019.  As of December 
31, 2020, 1,309,805 shares remain authorized for repurchase under the Repurchase Plan.

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-29-

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

The following table summarizes the Company’s selected financial data for the five years ended December 31, 2020 and should 
be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  detailed  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  and  related  notes  included  in  “Item  8.  Financial 
Statements  and  Supplementary  Data”  and  “Item  7.  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Result  of 
Operations”.

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

 (in thousands, except per share data)

Operations Data
Revenues

2020

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

2019

2016

Rental ...............................................................................  $ 351,790 
92,393 
Rental related services .....................................................   
444,183 
Rental operations ........................................................   
124,604 
Sales .................................................................................   
3,767 
Other.................................................................................   
572,554 
Total revenues .......................................................   

 $ 353,889 
101,038 
454,927 
110,229 
5,074 
570,230 

 $ 318,774 
82,907 
401,681 
92,618 
4,031 
498,330 

 $ 289,417 
78,068 
367,485 
91,500 
3,049 
462,034 

 $ 271,388 
75,859 
347,247 
74,410 
2,423 
424,080 

Costs and expenses

Direct costs of rental operations

Depreciation of rental equipment ...............................   
Rental related services ................................................   
Other ...........................................................................   
Total direct costs of rental operations ...................   
Costs of sales....................................................................   
Total costs of revenues..........................................   
Gross profit ......................................................   
Selling and administrative expenses ................................   
Income from operations..............................................   

85,866 
68,105 
73,818 
227,789 
81,019 
308,808 
263,746 
122,993 
140,753 

Other income (expense):

80,391 
76,241 
79,365 
235,997 
68,068 
304,065 
266,165 
124,793 
141,372 

73,139 
64,298 
68,678 
206,115 
58,964 
265,079 
233,251 
115,770 
117,481 

69,908 
60,029 
65,472 
195,409 
60,280 
255,689 
206,345 
111,605 
94,740 

72,197 
59,044 
60,130 
191,371 
48,542 
239,913 
184,167 
104,908 
79,259 

Interest expense ..........................................................   
Foreign currency exchange gain (loss).......................   
Income before provision (benefit) for income 
taxes ......................................................................   
Provision (benefit) for income taxes................................   

132,044 
30,060 
Net income ............................................................  $ 101,984 

Earnings per share:

Basic.................................................................................  $
Diluted..............................................................................  $

4.22 
4.16 

Shares used in per share calculations:

(8,787)
78 

(12,331)
84 

(12,297)
(489)

(11,622)
334 

(12,207)
(121)

129,125 
32,319 
96,806 

3.99 
3.93 

 $

 $
 $

 $

 $
 $

104,695 
25,289 
79,406 

83,452 
(70,468)
 $ 153,920 

3.29 
3.24 

 $
 $

6.41 
6.34 

66,931 
28,680 
38,251 

1.60 
1.60 

 $

 $
 $

Basic.................................................................................   
Diluted..............................................................................   

24,157 
24,531 

24,250 
24,623 

24,141 
24,540 

23,999 
24,269 

23,900 
23,976 

Balance Sheet Data (at period end)
Rental equipment, at cost ......................................................  $ 1,530,841 
Rental equipment, net............................................................  $ 938,116 
Total assets ............................................................................  $ 1,275,744 
Notes payable ........................................................................  $ 222,754 
Shareholders' equity ..............................................................  $ 682,604 
24,128 
Shares issued and outstanding ...............................................   
28.29 
Book value per share .............................................................  $
0.87 
Total liabilities to equity........................................................   
0.33 
Debt (notes payable) to equity...............................................   
15.6%   
Return on average equity.......................................................   
 $
1.68 
Cash dividends declared per common share .........................  $

 $ 1,520,411 
 $ 967,500 
 $ 1,309,875 
 $ 293,431 
 $ 634,036 
24,296 
26.10 
1.07 
0.46 
16.1%   
 $
1.50 

 $ 1,416,000 
 $ 901,015 
 $ 1,217,316 
 $ 298,564 
 $ 571,535 
24,182 
23.63 
1.13 
0.52 
14.6%   
 $
1.36 

 $ 1,347,533 
 $ 862,320 
 $ 1,147,854 
 $ 303,414 
 $ 524,184 
24,052 
21.79 
1.19 
0.58 
37.1%   
 $
1.04 

 $ 1,324,057 
 $ 856,371 
 $ 1,128,276 
 $ 326,266 
 $ 394,287 
23,948 
16.46 
1.86 
0.83 
9.8%
1.02  

 $

 $

 $

 $

-30-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Adjusted EBITDA

To supplement the Company’s financial data presented on a basis consistent with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States of America (“GAAP”), the Company presents “Adjusted EBITDA”, which is defined by the Company as net income 
before  interest  expense,  provision  for  income  taxes,  depreciation,  amortization,  non-cash  impairment  costs  and  share-based 
compensation.  The Company presents Adjusted EBITDA as a financial measure as management believes it provides useful information 
to investors regarding the Company’s liquidity and financial condition and because management, as well as the Company’s lenders, use 
this measure in evaluating the performance of the Company.

Management  uses  Adjusted  EBITDA  as  a  supplement  to  GAAP  measures  to  further  evaluate  period-to-period  operating 
performance, compliance with financial covenants in the Company’s revolving lines of credit and senior notes and the Company’s ability 
to meet future capital expenditure and working capital requirements.  Management believes the exclusion of non-cash charges, including 
share-based  compensation,  is  useful  in  measuring  the  Company’s  cash  available  for  operations  and  performance  of  the  Company.  
Because management finds Adjusted EBITDA useful, the Company believes its investors will also find Adjusted EBITDA useful in 
evaluating the Company’s performance.

Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income, cash flows, or other consolidated income 
or cash flow data prepared in accordance with GAAP or as a measure of the Company’s profitability or liquidity.  Adjusted EBITDA is 
not in accordance with or an alternative for GAAP, and may be different from non−GAAP measures used by other companies.  Unlike 
EBITDA, which may be used by other companies or investors, Adjusted EBITDA does not include share-based compensation charges.  
The  Company  believes  that  Adjusted  EBITDA  is  of  limited  use  in  that  it  does  not  reflect  all  of  the  amounts  associated  with  the 
Company’s results of operations as determined in accordance with GAAP and does not accurately reflect real cash flow.  In addition, 
other companies may not use Adjusted EBITDA or may use other non-GAAP measures, limiting the usefulness of Adjusted EBITDA 
for  purposes  of  comparison.    The  Company’s  presentation  of  Adjusted  EBITDA  should  not  be  construed  as  an  inference  that  the 
Company will not incur expenses that are the same as or similar to the adjustments in this presentation.  Therefore, Adjusted EBITDA 
should  only  be  used  to  evaluate  the  Company’s  results  of  operations  in  conjunction  with  the  corresponding  GAAP  measures.    The 
Company  compensates  for  the  limitations  of  Adjusted  EBITDA  by  relying  upon  GAAP  results  to  gain  a  complete  picture  of  the 
Company’s performance.  Because Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure, as defined by the SEC, the Company includes 
in the tables below reconciliations of Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in 
accordance with GAAP.

Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted EBITDA

 (dollar amounts in thousands)

2020

Provision (benefit) for income taxes................................   
Interest expense................................................................   
Depreciation and amortization .........................................   
EBITDA ................................................................................   
Impairment of rental assets ..............................................   
Share-based compensation...............................................   

Net income.............................................................................  $ 101,984 
30,060 
8,787 
94,643 
235,474 
— 
5,549 
Adjusted EBITDA 1...............................................................  $ 241,023 
Adjusted EBITDA margin 2 ..................................................   

 $

 $

2019
96,806 
32,319 
12,331 
89,476 
230,932 
— 
5,892 
 $ 236,824 

Year Ended December 31,
2018
79,406 
25,289 
12,297 
81,975 
198,967 
39 
4,111 
 $ 203,117 

2017
 $ 153,920 
(70,468)
11,622 
78,416 
173,490 
1,639 
3,198 
 $ 178,327 

 $

2016
38,251 
28,680 
12,207 
81,179 
160,317 
— 
3,091 
 $ 163,408 

42%   

42%   

41%   

39%   

39%

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-31-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

 (dollar amounts in thousands)

Adjusted EBITDA 1 ...............................................................  $
Interest paid ............................................................................   
Income taxes paid, net of refunds received ............................   
Gain on sale of used rental equipment ...................................   
Foreign currency exchange (gain) loss...................................   
Amortization of debt issuance costs.......................................   
Change in certain assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable, net ...................................................   
Income taxes receivable....................................................  
Prepaid expenses and other assets ....................................   
Accounts payable and other liabilities ..............................   
Deferred income ...............................................................   
Net cash provided by operating activities ..............................  $

2020
241,023 

 $
(9,050)   
(34,903)   
(19,329)   
(78)   
11 

4,783 
— 
3,807 
3,229 
(8,989)   
 $

180,504 

Year Ended December 31,
2018
203,117 
 $
(12,598)   
(18,157)   
(19,559)   
489 
20 

2019
236,824 
 $
(12,475)   
(17,528)   
(21,309)   
(84)   
11 

(6,310)   
— 
(13,530)   
17,257 
5,138 
187,994 

 $

(15,144)   
— 
(9,351)   
3,592 
10,258 
142,667 

 $

2017
178,327 
 $
(11,825)   
(29,504)   
(17,733)   
(334)   
50 

(8,995)   
— 
3,124 
7,559 
1,720 
122,389 

 $

2016
163,408 
(12,436)
(15,555)
(13,739)
121 
51 

(1,860)
11,000 
1,949 
7,220 
536 
140,695 

1

2

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income before interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation, amortization, non-cash impairment costs 
and share-based compensation.
Adjusted EBITDA margin is calculated as Adjusted EBITDA divided by total revenues for the period.

Adjusted EBITDA is a component of two restrictive financial covenants for the Company’s unsecured Credit Facility, Series B 
Senior Notes and Series C Senior Notes (as defined and more fully described under the heading “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources”).  These instruments contain financial 
covenants requiring the Company to not:

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Facility and the Note Purchase Agreement 
(as  defined  and  more  fully  described  under  the  heading  “Item  7.  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial 
Condition and Results of Operation - Liquidity and Capital Resources” in this MD&A)) of Adjusted EBITDA (as defined 
in the Credit Facility and the Note Purchase Agreement) to fixed charges as of the end of any fiscal quarter to be less than 
2.50 to 1.  At December 31, 2020, the actual ratio was 4.34 to 1.

Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of funded debt (as defined in the Credit Facility and the Note Purchase Agreement) 
to Adjusted EBITDA at any time during any period of four consecutive quarters to be greater than 2.75 to 1.  At December 
31, 2020, the actual ratio was 0.92 to 1.

At December 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with each of these aforementioned covenants.  There are no anticipated 
trends that the Company is aware of that would indicate non-compliance with these covenants, though, significant deterioration in our 
financial performance could impact the Company's ability to comply with these covenants.

-32-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND  RESULTS  OF 

OPERATIONS.

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains forward-looking 
statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The Company’s actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these 
forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth in this section as well as those discussed under Part 
I, “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this document. This discussion should be read together with the financial statements and 
the related notes thereto set forth in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Results of Operations

General

The Company, incorporated in 1979, is a leading rental provider of relocatable modular buildings for classroom and office space, 
electronic  test  equipment  for  general  purpose  and  communications  needs,  and  liquid  and  solid  containment  tanks  and  boxes.    The 
Company’s primary emphasis is on equipment rentals.  The Company is comprised of four reportable business segments: (1) its modular 
building and portable storage container rental segment (“Mobile Modular”); (2) its electronic test equipment rental segment (“TRS-
RenTelco”); (3) its containment solutions for the storage of hazardous and non-hazardous liquids and solids segment (“Adler Tanks”); 
and (4) its classroom manufacturing segment selling modular buildings used primarily as classrooms in California (“Enviroplex”).  In 
2020, Mobile Modular, TRS-RenTelco, Adler Tanks and Enviroplex contributed 62%, 26%, 6% and 6%, respectively, of the Company’s 
income before provision for taxes (the equivalent of “pre-tax income”), compared to 54%, 27%, 11% and 8%, respectively, for 2019.  

The  Company  generates  its  revenues  primarily  from  the  rental  of  its  equipment  on  operating  leases  with  sales  of  equipment 
occurring in the normal course of business.  The Company requires significant capital outlay to purchase its rental inventory and recovers 
its  investment  through  rental  and  sales  revenues.    Rental  revenue  and  certain  other  service  revenues  negotiated  as  part  of  the lease 
agreements with customers and related costs are recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the lease.  Sales revenue and related 
costs are recognized upon delivery and installation of the equipment to the customers.  Sales revenues are less predictable and can 
fluctuate from period to period depending on customer demands and requirements.  Generally, rental revenues less cash operating costs 
recover the equipment’s capitalized cost in a shorter period of time relative to the equipment’s potential rental life and when sold, sale 
proceeds are usually above its net book value.

The Company’s rental operations include rental and rental related services revenues which comprised approximately 78% and 
79% of the Company’s total revenues in 2020 and for the three years ended December 31, 2020, respectively.  Over the past three years, 
modulars, electronic test equipment and tanks and boxes comprised approximately 55%, 24% and 21%, respectively, of the cumulative 
rental operations revenues.  The Company’s direct costs of rental operations include depreciation of rental equipment, rental related 
service costs, impairment of rental equipment, and other direct costs of rental operations (which include direct labor, supplies, repairs, 
insurance, property taxes, license fees and amortization of certain lease costs).

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

The  Company  sells  modular,  electronic  test  equipment  and  liquid  and  solid  containment  tanks  and  boxes  that  are  new,  or 
previously rented.  The Company’s Enviroplex subsidiary manufactures and sells modular classrooms.  The renting and selling of some 
modular equipment requires a dealer’s license, which the Company has obtained from the appropriate governmental agencies.  Sales 
and other revenues of modulars, electronic test equipment and tanks and boxes have comprised approximately 22% and 21% of the 
Company’s consolidated revenues in 2020 and for the three years ended December 31, 2020.  Over the past three years, modulars, 
electronic test equipment and tanks and boxes comprised approximately 76%, 23% and 1% of sales and other revenues, respectively.  
The Company’s cost of sales includes the carrying value of the equipment sold and the direct costs associated with the equipment sold 
such as delivery, installation, modifications and related site work.

The rental and sale of modulars to public school districts comprised 23%, 25% and 24% of the Company’s consolidated rental 
and  sales  revenues  for  2020,  2019  and  2018,  respectively.    (For  more  information,  see  “Item  1.  Business  –  Relocatable  Modular 
Buildings – Classroom Rentals and Sales to Public Schools (K-12)” above.)

Selling  and  administrative  expenses  primarily  include  personnel  and  benefit  costs,  which  includes  share-based  compensation, 
depreciation  and  amortization  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  and  intangible  assets,  bad  debt  expense,  advertising  costs,  and 
professional service fees.  The Company believes that sharing of common facilities, financing, senior management, and operating and 
accounting systems by all of the Company’s operations, results in an efficient use of overhead.  Historically, the Company’s operating 
margins have been impacted favorably to the extent its costs and expenses are leveraged over a large installed customer base.  However, 
there can be no assurance as to the Company’s ability to maintain a large installed customer base or ability to sustain its historical 
operating margins.

-33-

Recent Developments

          Dividends

In February 2021, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.435 per common share for 

the quarter ending March 31, 2021, an increase of 4% over the prior year’s comparable quarter.

Credit Facility and Note Purchase Agreement

In March 2020, the Company renewed its $420 million credit facility with a syndicate of banks.  The five-year facility matures on 
March 31, 2025 and replaced the Company’s existing $420 million line of credit.  B of A Securities, Inc. served as Sole Bookrunner and 
Joint Lead Arranger.  Bank of America, N.A. served as Administrative Agent, U.S. Bank National Association served as Joint Lead 
Arranger and Syndication Agent, and MUFG Union Bank N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. served as Syndication Agents.

In March 2020, the Company entered into an amended and restated $250 million note purchase and private shelf agreement with 
Prudential Private Capital (the “Note Purchase Agreement”).  In addition to governing the terms of the current $40 million Series B 
Senior Notes and $60 million Series C Senior Notes outstanding, the Note Purchase Agreement allows for the issuance of up to an 
additional $150 million of senior notes on terms to be determined at such time that any additional notes are issued.

In October 2020, the Company entered into a rate lock agreement with Prudential Private Capital, pursuant to which, the Company 
agreed to a fixed interest rate of 2.57% for future issuance, if any, of senior unsecured notes in the aggregate amount of $40.0 million 
with a 7-year maturity.  If issued, the funding for such notes would occur on or before March 17, 2021 and would be subject to the terms 
and conditions of the Note Purchase Agreement. 

COVID-19

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

The  outbreak  of  a  new  strain  of  coronavirus,  COVID-19,  which  began  in  December  2019,  has  continued  to  spread  globally 
including to every state in the United States.  The Center for Disease Control (“CDC”) and World Health Organization (“WHO”) have 
recognized this outbreak as a pandemic, which has caused shutdowns to businesses and cities worldwide while disrupting supply chains, 
business operations, travel, consumer confidence and business sentiment.  Each of the states in which the Company operates, and in 
some cases the localities as well, have previously issued orders requiring the closure of non-essential business and/or requiring residents 
to stay at home, however, currently none of the Company’s locations are required to be closed by local or state order.  The Company is 
following guidelines established by the CDC and WHO and orders issued by state and local governments where the Company operates.  
The  Company  has  taken  a  number  of  precautionary  health  and  safety  measures  to  safeguard  its  employees  and  customers,  while 
maintaining  business  continuity  to  enable  each  of  its  operating  segments  and  branch  locations  to  continue  providing  services  to 
customers  identified  as  essential  businesses  under  the  relevant  state  and  local  rules.    The  Company  has  implemented  remote  work 
policies, restricted travel, separated work groups, enhanced cleaning and hygiene protocols in all of its facilities, products and vehicles, 
and requires distancing protocols for production and logistical personnel.  The Company is continuing to monitor and assessing orders 
issued by federal, state and local governments to ensure compliance with evolving COVID-19 guidelines.  The Company also continues 
to monitor the impact of COVID-19 on its existing customers who themselves may be impacted by governmental shutdowns and other 
impacts due to the governmental orders. 

As of the date of this filing, significant uncertainty continues to exist concerning the magnitude of the impact and duration of the 
COVID-19 pandemic.  While the Company's operating segments and branch locations currently continue to operate, the Company’s 
results of operations may be negatively impacted by project delays; early returns of equipment currently on rent with customers; overall 
decreased customer demand for new rental orders, rental related services and sales of new and used rental equipment; and payment 
delay, or non-payment, by customers who are significantly impacted by COVID-19.  In light of the uncertain and rapidly evolving 
situation relating to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company has taken a number of precautionary measures to manage its resources 
conservatively by reducing and/or deferring non-essential capital expenditures and operating expenses to mitigate the adverse impact of 
the pandemic.  The Company will continue to assess its capital expenditure needs against its cash availability during the crisis to make 
the most strategic decisions for its business.  Furthermore, the Company believes that its recently renewed $420 million credit facility, 
coupled with its ability to access additional capital through the issuance of up to $150 million in additional senior notes, will strengthen 
the Company’s liquidity position and serve to mitigate some of the operational risk related to decreased customer demand for new rental 
orders and sales resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic.  

While the Company has not seen a significant impact from COVID-19 in the financial results for the year ended December 31, 
2020  as  set  forth  in  the  below  section  discussing  the  results  of  operations  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  the  Company  is 
currently unable to determine or predict the full nature, duration or scope of the overall impact the COVID-19 pandemic will have on 
its business, results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.  The Company will continue to actively monitor the situation and may 
take  further  actions  that  alter  its  business  operations  as  may  be  required  by  federal,  state  or  local  authorities  or  that  the  Company 
determines are in the best interests of employees, customers and shareholders.   

-34-

Percentage of Revenue Table

The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the results of operations as a percentage of the Company’s total revenues 

and the percentage of changes in the amount of such of items as compared to the amount in the indicated prior period:

Percent of Total Revenues

Percent Change

 Three Years  
  2020–2018  

Year Ended December 31,
2019

2018

2020

  2020 over  
2019

  2019 over  
2018

Revenues

Rental ......................................................................   
Rental related services ............................................  
Rental operations...............................................   
Sales ........................................................................   
Other .......................................................................   
Total revenues ........................................   

62%   
17 
79 
20 
1 
100 

61%   
17 
78 
22 
— 
100 

62%   
18 
80 
19 
1 
100 

64%   
17 
81 
19 
— 
100 

(1)%   
(9)
(2)
13 
(26)
0 

Costs and expenses

Direct costs of rental operations

Depreciation of rental equipment ......................   
Rental related services.......................................   
Other..................................................................   
Total direct costs of rental operations..........   
Cost of sales .................................................................   
Total costs...............................................   
Gross profit.............................................   
Selling and administrative expenses ............................   
Income from operations ....................................   

Other income (expense):

Interest expense .................................................   
Foreign currency exchange gain (loss)..............   

Income before provision for income
 taxes ............................................................   
Provision for income taxes...........................................   
Net income .............................................   

nm = not meaningful

11%
22 
13 
19 
26 
14 

10 
19 
16 
14 
15 
15 
14 
8 
20 

0 
nm 

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

15 
13 
14 
41 
12 
53 
47 
23 
24 

2 
— 

15 
12 
13 
40 
14 
54 
46 
21 
25 

2 
— 

14 
13 
14 
41 
12 
53 
47 
22 
25 

2 
— 

15 
13 
14 
42 
11 
53 
47 
23 
24 

3 
— 

7 
(11)
(7)
(3)
19 
2 
(1)
(1)
0 

(29)
nm 

22 
5 
17%   

23 
5 
18%   

23 
6 
17%   

21 
5 
16%   

2 
(7)
5%   

23 
28 
22%

-35-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 Compared to
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2019

Overview

Consolidated  revenues  in  2020  increased  to  $572.6  million  from  $570.2  million  in  2019.    Consolidated  net  income  in  2020 
increased to $102.0 million, or $4.16 per diluted share in 2020, compared to $96.8 million, or $3.93 per diluted share, in 2019.  The 
Company’s year over year total revenue increase was primarily due to higher sales revenues, partly offset by lower rental and rental 
related services revenues as more fully described below.

For 2020 compared to 2019, on a consolidated basis:

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

Gross profit decreased $2.4 million, or 1%, to $263.7 million.  Mobile Modular’s gross profit increased $12.3 million, or 
9%, due to higher gross profit on rental, rental related services and sales revenues.  TRS-RenTelco’s gross profit increased 
$0.1 million, primarily due to higher gross profit on sales and rental related services revenues.  Enviroplex’s gross profit 
decreased $1.9 million, or 13%, due to $7.1 million lower sales revenues.  Adler Tanks’ gross profit decreased $12.9 million, 
or 28%, due to lower gross profit on rental, rental related services and sales revenues.  

Selling and administrative expenses decreased $1.8 million, or 1%, to $123.0 million, primarily due to decreased travel, 
meals and meeting expenses.

Interest expense decreased $3.5 million, or 29%, due to 21% lower net average interest rate of 3.25% in 2020 compared to 
4.10% in 2019 and 10% lower average debt levels of the Company.

Pre-tax income contribution was 62%, 26% and 6% by Mobile Modular, TRS-RenTelco and Adler Tanks, respectively, in 
2019, compared to 54%, 27% and 11%, respectively, in 2019.  These results are discussed on a segment basis below.  Pre-
tax income contribution by Enviroplex was 6% and 8% in 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The provision for income taxes resulted in an effective tax rate of 22.8% and 25.0% for the twelve months ended December 
31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Adjusted EBITDA increased $4.2 million, or 2%, to $241.0 million in 2020.  Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial 
measure and is defined as net income before interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation, amortization, non-
cash  impairment  costs  and  share-based  compensation.    A  reconciliation  of  Adjusted  EBITDA  to  net  cash  provided  by 
operating activities and net income to Adjusted EBITDA can be found in “Item 6. Selected Financial Data.” on page 30.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

-36-

Mobile Modular

For 2020, Mobile Modular’s total revenues increased $20.5 million, or 7%, to $321.5 million compared to 2019, primarily due to 
higher sales and rental revenues, partly offset by lower rental related services.  The revenue increase, together with higher gross profit 
on rental, rental related services and sales revenues, partly offset by higher selling and administrative expenses, resulted in an increase 
in pre-tax income of $12.3 million, or 18%, to $82.3 million in 2020.

The following table summarizes year-to-year results for each revenue and gross profit category, income from operations, pre-tax 

income, and other selected information.

Mobile Modular – 2020 compared to 2019

 (dollar amounts in thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

2020

2019

Increase (Decrease)

$

%

Revenues
Rental.................................................................................................  $
Rental related services.......................................................................   
Rental operations .........................................................................   
Sales...................................................................................................   
Other ..................................................................................................   
Total revenues ...................................................................   

Costs and Expenses
Direct costs of rental operations:

Depreciation of rental equipment.................................................   
Rental related services .................................................................   
Other ............................................................................................   
Total direct costs of rental operations ....................................   
Costs of sales .....................................................................................   
Total costs of revenues......................................................   

Gross Profit
Rental.................................................................................................   
Rental related services.......................................................................   
Rental operations .........................................................................   
Sales...................................................................................................   
Other ..................................................................................................   
Total gross profit...............................................................   
Selling and administrative expenses..................................................   
Income from operations.....................................................................   
Interest expense allocation ................................................................   
Pre-tax income ..................................................................  $

  $

188,719 
67,527 
256,246 
63,863 
1,415 
321,524 

22,967 
48,910 
47,762 
119,639 
46,011 
165,650 

  $

182,316 
69,395 
251,711 
47,043 
2,256 
301,010 

22,071 
51,787 
51,136 
124,994 
32,398 
157,392 

117,990 
18,617 
136,607 
17,852 
1,416 
155,875 
68,470 
87,405 
(5,104)    
  $
82,301 

109,109 
17,608 
126,717 
14,645 
2,256 
143,618 
65,699 
77,919 
(7,946)    
  $
69,973 

Other Selected Information
Average rental equipment 1 ...............................................................  $
Average rental equipment on rent .....................................................  $
Average monthly total yield 2............................................................   
Average utilization 3 ..........................................................................   
Average monthly rental rate 4............................................................   
Period end rental equipment 1............................................................  $
Period end utilization 3 ...............................................................   
1
2
3

825,614 
637,500 

  $
  $
1.88%   
77.2%   
2.47%   
  $
76.0%   

836,531 

795,250 
629,459 

  $
  $
1.90%   
79.20%   
2.41%   
  $
79.1%   

814,367 

6,403     
(1,868)   
4,535     
16,820     
(841)   
20,514     

896     
(2,877)   
(3,374)   
(5,355)   
13,613     
8,258     

8,881     
1,009     
9,890     
3,207     
(840)   
12,257     
2,771     
9,486     
(2,842)   
12,328     

30,364     
8,041     

22,164     

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

4%
(3)%
2%
36%
(37)%
7%

4%
(6)%
(7)%
(4)%
42%
5%

8%
6%
8%
22%
(37)%
9%
4%
12%
(36)%
18%

4%
1%
(1)%
(3)%
2%
3%
(4)%

Average and Period end rental equipment represents the cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment inventory and accessory equipment.
Average monthly total yield is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment for the period.
Period end utilization is calculated by dividing the cost of rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment inventory and 
accessory equipment. Average utilization for the period is calculated using the average month end costs of the rental equipment.
Average monthly rental rate is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment on rent for the period.

4

-37-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
      
      
      
      
Mobile Modular’s gross profit for 2020 increased $12.3 million, or 9%, to $155.9 million.  For the year ended December 31, 2020 

compared to the year ended December 31, 2019:

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

Gross  Profit  on  Rental  Revenues  –  Rental  revenues  increased  $6.4  million,  or  4%,  due  to  1%  higher  average  rental 
equipment on rent and 2% higher average monthly rental rates.  As a percentage of rental revenues, depreciation was 12% 
in 2020 and 2019 and other direct costs were 25% in 2020 and 28% in 2019, which resulted in gross margin percentage of 
63% in 2020 compared to 60% and 2019.  The higher rental revenues and higher rental margins resulted in gross profit on 
rental revenues increasing $8.9 million, or 8%, to $118.0 million in 2020.

Gross Profit on Rental Related Services – Rental related services revenues decreased $1.9 million, or 3%, compared to 
2019.  Most of these service revenues are negotiated with the initial lease and are recognized on a straight-line basis with 
the  associated  costs  over  the  initial  term  of  the  lease.    The  decrease  in  rental  related  services  revenues  was  primarily 
attributable to lower amortization of modular building delivery and return delivery and dismantle revenues and lower repair 
revenues,  partly  offset  by  increased  site  related  services  revenues.    The  lower  revenues  offset  by  higher  gross  margin 
percentage of 28% in 2020 compared to 25% in 2019 resulted in rental related services gross profit increasing $1.0 million, 
or 6%, to $18.6 million in 2020.

Gross Profit on Sales – Sales revenues increased $16.8 million, or 36%, primarily due to higher new and used equipment 
sales.  The higher sales revenues, partly offset by lower gross margins of 28% in 2020 compared to 31% in 2019, resulted 
in sales gross profit increasing $3.2 million, or 22%, to $17.9 million in 2020.  Sales occur routinely as a normal part of 
Mobile  Modular’s  rental  business;  however,  these  sales  can  fluctuate  from  period  to  period  depending  on  customer 
requirements, equipment availability and funding.

For 2020, Mobile Modular’s selling and administrative expenses increased $2.8 million, or 4%, to $68.5 million, primarily due to 

higher allocated corporate expenses and increased salaries and benefit costs, partly offset by lower travel, meals and meeting costs.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

-38-

TRS-RenTelco

For 2020, TRS-RenTelco’s total revenues increased $9.3 million, or 7%, to $140.8 million compared to 2019, primarily due to 
higher rental and sales revenues.  Pre-tax income increased $0.3 million, or 1%, to $34.5 million for 2020, primarily due to higher gross 
profit on sales and rental related services revenues and lower selling and administrative expenses.

The following table summarizes year-to-year results for each revenue and gross profit category, income from operations, pre-tax 

income, and other selected information.

TRS-RenTelco – 2020 compared to 2019

 (dollar amounts in thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

Increase (Decrease)

2020

2019

$

%

Revenues
Rental ................................................................................................   $
Rental related services ......................................................................    
Rental operations .........................................................................    
Sales ..................................................................................................    
Other..................................................................................................    
Total revenues...................................................................    

  $

109,083 
3,080 
112,163 
26,618 
2,030 
140,811 

  $

103,704 
3,260 
106,964 
22,106 
2,413 
131,483 

Costs and Expenses
Direct costs of rental operations:

Depreciation of rental equipment ................................................    
Rental related services .................................................................    
Other ............................................................................................    
Total direct costs of rental operations ....................................    
Costs of sales.....................................................................................    
Total costs of revenues .....................................................    

Gross Profit
Rental ................................................................................................    
Rental related services ......................................................................    
Rental operations .........................................................................    
Sales ..................................................................................................    
Other..................................................................................................    
Total gross profit...............................................................    
Selling and administrative expenses .................................................    
Income from operations ....................................................................    
Interest expense allocation ................................................................    
Foreign currency exchange gain .......................................................    
Pre-tax income ..................................................................   $

46,472 
2,419 
17,133 
66,024 
13,923 
79,947 

45,478 
661 
46,139 
12,695 
2,030 
60,864 
24,306 
36,558 
(2,133)    
78 
34,503 

  $

41,948 
2,791 
16,303 
61,042 
9,693 
70,735 

45,453 
469 
45,922 
12,413 
2,413 
60,748 
24,645 
36,103 
(1,970)    
84 
34,217 

  $

Other Selected Information
Average rental equipment 1...............................................................   $
Average rental equipment on rent .....................................................   $
Average monthly total yield 2 ...........................................................    
Average utilization 3..........................................................................    
Average monthly rental rate 4 ...........................................................    
Period end rental equipment 1 ...........................................................   $
Period end utilization 3 ......................................................................    
1
2
3

336,399 
222,748 

  $
  $
2.70%   
66.2%   
4.08%   
  $
67.4%   

306,426 
202,832 

  $
  $
2.82%   
66.2%   
4.26%   
  $
64.5%   

331,528 

333,613 

5,379     
(180)   
5,199     
4,512     
(383)   
9,328     

4,524     
(372)   
830     
4,982     
4,230     
9,212     

25     
192     
217     
282     
(383)   
116     
(339)   
455     
163     
(6)   
286     

29,973     
19,916     

(2,085)   

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

5%
(6)%
5%
20%
(16)%
7%

11%
(13)%
5%
8%
44%
13%

0%
41%
0%
2%
(16)%
0%
(1)%
1%
8%
(7)%
1%

10%
10%
(4)%
— 
(4)%
(1)%
4%

Average and Period end rental equipment represents the cost of rental equipment excluding accessory equipment.
Average monthly total yield is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment for the period.
Period end utilization is calculated by dividing the cost of rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment excluding accessory equipment. Average 
utilization for the period is calculated using the average month end costs of the rental equipment.
Average monthly rental rate is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment on rent for the period.

4

-39-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
      
      
      
      
TRS-RenTelco’s gross profit for 2020 increased $0.1 million to $60.9 million.  For the year ended December 31, 2020 compared 

to the year ended December 31, 2019:

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

Gross Profit on Rental Revenues – Rental revenues increased $5.4 million, or 5%, to $109.1 million with depreciation 
expense increasing $4.5 million, or 11%, and other direct costs increasing $0.8 million, or 5%, resulting in a comparable  
gross profit on rental revenues of $45.5 million in 2020 and 2019.  As a percentage of rental revenues, depreciation was 
43% in 2020 and 40% in 2019 and other direct costs was 16% in 2020 and 2019, which resulted in gross margin percentage 
of 42% in 2020 compared to 44% in 2019.  The rental revenues increase was due to 10% higher average rental equipment 
on rent, partly offset by 4% lower average monthly rental rates. 

Gross Profit on Sales – Sales revenues increased $4.5 million, or 20%, to $26.6 million in 2020.  Gross profit on sales 
increased $0.3 million with gross margin percentage decreasing to 48% from 56% in 2019, primarily due to lower gross 
margins on used equipment sales.  Sales occur routinely as a normal part of TRS-RenTelco’s rental business; however, these 
sales  and  related  gross  margins  can  fluctuate  from  period  to  period  depending  on  customer  requirements,  equipment 
availability and funding.

For 2020, TRS-RenTelco’s selling and administrative expenses decreased $0.3 million, or 1%, to $24.3 million, primarily due to 

lower salaries and benefit costs and lower travel, meals and meeting expenses, partly offset by higher allocated corporate expenses.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

-40-

Adler Tanks

For 2020, Adler Tanks’ total revenues decreased $20.4 million, or 21%, to $77.5 million compared to 2019, primarily due to lower 
rental and rental related services revenues.  Pre-tax income decreased $7.0 million, primarily due to lower gross profit on rental, rental 
related services and sales, partly offset by lower selling and administrative expenses.

The following table summarizes year-to-year results for each revenue and gross profit category, income from operations, pre-tax 

income and other selected information.

Adler Tanks – 2020 compared to 2019

 (dollar amounts in thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

Increase (Decrease)

2020

2019

$

%

Revenues
Rental ................................................................................................   $
Rental related services ......................................................................    
Rental operations .........................................................................    
Sales ..................................................................................................    
Other..................................................................................................    
Total revenues...................................................................    

Costs and Expenses
Direct costs of rental operations:

Depreciation of rental equipment ................................................    
Rental related services .................................................................    
Other ............................................................................................    
Total direct costs of rental operations ....................................    
Costs of sales.....................................................................................    
Total costs of revenues .....................................................    

Gross Profit
Rental ................................................................................................    
Rental related services ......................................................................    
Rental operations .........................................................................    
Sales ..................................................................................................    
Other..................................................................................................    
Total gross profit...............................................................    
Selling and administrative expenses .................................................    
Income from operations ....................................................................    
Interest expense allocation ................................................................    
Pre-tax income ..................................................................   $

  $

53,988 
21,786 
75,774 
1,386 
322 
77,482 

16,427 
16,776 
8,923 
42,126 
1,277 
43,403 

  $

67,869 
28,383 
96,252 
1,266 
405 
97,923 

16,372 
21,663 
11,926 
49,961 
948 
50,909 

28,638 
5,010 
33,648 
109 
322 
34,079 
24,764 
9,315 
(2,107)    
  $
7,208 

39,571 
6,720 
46,291 
318 
405 
47,014 
29,321 
17,693 
(3,436)    
  $
14,257 

Other Selected Information
Average rental equipment 1...............................................................   $
Average rental equipment on rent .....................................................   $
Average monthly total yield 2 ...........................................................    
Average utilization 3..........................................................................    
Average monthly rental rate 4 ...........................................................    
Period end rental equipment 1 ...........................................................   $
Period end utilization 3 ......................................................................    
1
2
3

314,797 
140,323 

  $
  $
1.43%   
44.6%   
3.21%   
  $
39.8%   

313,810 
171,664 

  $
  $
1.80%   
54.7%   
3.29%   
  $
48.4%   

314,443 

314,976 

(13,881)   
(6,597)   
(20,478)   
120     
(83)   
(20,441)   

55     
(4,887)   
(3,003)   
(7,835)   
329     
(7,506)   

(10,933)   
(1,710)   
(12,643)   
(209) 
(83)   
(12,935)   
(4,557)   
(8,378)   
(1,329)   
(7,049)   

987     
(31,341)   

(533)   

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

(20)%
(23%)
(21%)
9%
(20%)
(21%)

0%
(23%)
(25%)
(16%)
35%
(15%)

(28%)
(25%)
(27%)
nm 
-20%
(28)%
(16)%
(47)%
(39)%
(49)%

0%
(18)%
(21)%
(18)%
(2)%
(0)%
(18%)

Average and Period end rental equipment represents the cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment inventory and accessory equipment.
Average monthly total yield is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment for the period.
Period end utilization is calculated by dividing the cost of rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment inventory and 
accessory equipment. Average utilization for the period is calculated using the average month end costs of the rental equipment.
Average monthly rental rate is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment on rent for the period.

4

-41-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
      
      
      
      
Adler Tanks’ gross profit for 2020 decreased $12.9 million, or 28%, to $34.1 million.  For the year ended December 31, 2020 

compared to year ended December 31, 2019:

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

Gross Profit on Rental Revenues – Rental revenues decreased $13.9 million, or 20%, to $54.0 million, due to 18% lower 
average rental equipment on rent and 2% lower average monthly rental rates in 2020 as compared to 2019.  The rental 
revenue decrease was primarily due to COVID-19 related business disruptions and a decrease in the price of oil and gas, 
which contributed to weaker activities in multiple geographic and market segments.  As a percentage of rental revenues, 
depreciation was 30% and 24% in 2020 and 2019, respectively, and other direct costs were 17% and 18% in 2020 and 2019, 
respectively,  which  resulted  in  gross  margin  percentages  of  53%  in  2020  compared  to  58%  in  2019.    The  lower  rental 
revenues, together with lower rental margins resulted in gross profit on rental revenues decreasing $10.9 million, or 28%, 
to $28.6 million in 2020.

Gross Profit on Rental Related Services – Rental related services revenues decreased $6.6 million, or 23%, compared to 
2019.  The lower revenues together with lower gross margin percentage of 23% in 2020 compared to 24% in 2019 resulted 
in rental related services gross profit decreasing $1.7 million, or 25%, to $5.0 million in 2020.

For 2020, Adler Tanks’ selling and administrative expenses decreased $4.6 million, or 16%, to $24.8 million, primarily due to 

lower salaries and employee benefit costs, travel, meals and meeting expenses and lower corporate allocated expenses.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

-42-

Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2018

Overview

Consolidated revenues in 2019 increased 14%, to $570.2 million from $498.3 million in 2018.  Consolidated net income in 2019 
increased to $96.8 million, or $3.93 per diluted share in 2019, compared to $79.4 million, or $3.24 per diluted share, in 2018.  The 
Company’s year over year total revenue increase was primarily due to higher rental, rental related services and sales revenues as more 
fully described below.

For 2019 compared to 2018, on a consolidated basis:

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

Gross profit increased $32.9 million, or 14%, to $266.2 million.  Mobile Modular’s gross profit increased $22.9 million, or 
19%, due to higher gross profit on rental, rental related services and sales revenues.  TRS-RenTelco’s gross profit increased 
$6.0  million,  or  11%,  primarily  due  to  higher  gross  profit  on  rental  revenues.    Enviroplex’s  gross  profit  increased  $5.0 
million, or 53%, due to $10.8 million higher sales revenues and higher gross margins of 37.1% compared to 33.3% in 2018.  
Adler Tanks’ gross profit decreased $1.0 million, or 2%, due to lower gross profit on rental revenues, partly offset by higher 
gross profit on rental related services and sales revenues.  

Selling and administrative expenses increased $9.0 million, or 8%, to $124.8 million, primarily due to increased salaries 
and employee benefit costs.

Interest expense was flat at $12.3 million, as 3% higher net average interest rate was offset by 3% lower average debt levels 
of the Company.

Pre-tax income contribution was 54%, 27% and 11% by Mobile Modular, TRS-RenTelco and Adler Tanks, respectively, in 
2019, compared to 53%, 28% and 14%, respectively, in 2018.  These results are discussed on a segment basis below.  Pre-
tax income contribution by Enviroplex was 8% and 5% in 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The provision for income taxes resulted in an effective tax rate of 25.0% and 24.2% for the twelve months ended December 
31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Adjusted EBITDA increased $33.7 million, or 17%, to $236.8 million in 2019.  Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial 
measure and is defined as net income before interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation, amortization, non-
cash  impairment  costs  and  share-based  compensation.    A  reconciliation  of  Adjusted  EBITDA  to  net  cash  provided  by 
operating activities and net income to Adjusted EBITDA can be found in “Item 6. Selected Financial Data.” on page 30.

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-43-

Mobile Modular

For 2019, Mobile Modular’s total revenues increased $46.4 million, or 18%, to $301.0 million compared to 2018, primarily due 
to higher rental, rental related services and sales revenues.  The revenue increase, together with higher gross profit on rental, rental 
related services and sales revenues, partly offset by higher selling and administrative expenses, resulted in an increase in pre-tax income 
of $14.4 million, or 26%, to $70.0 million in 2019.

The following table summarizes year-to-year results for each revenue and gross profit category, income from operations, pre-tax 

income, and other selected information.

Mobile Modular – 2019 compared to 2018

 (dollar amounts in thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

Increase (Decrease)

$

%

Revenues
Rental ................................................................................................  $
Rental related services.......................................................................   
Rental operations .........................................................................   
Sales ..................................................................................................   
Other..................................................................................................   
Total revenues...................................................................   

Costs and Expenses
Direct costs of rental operations:

Depreciation of rental equipment ................................................   
Rental related services .................................................................   
Other ............................................................................................   
Total direct costs of rental operations ....................................   
Costs of sales .....................................................................................   
Total costs of revenues......................................................   

Gross Profit
Rental ................................................................................................   
Rental related services.......................................................................   
Rental operations .........................................................................   
Sales ..................................................................................................   
Other..................................................................................................   
Total gross profit...............................................................   
Selling and administrative expenses..................................................   
Income from operations.....................................................................   
Interest expense allocation ................................................................   
Pre-tax income ..................................................................  $

  $

182,316 
69,395 
251,711 
47,043 
2,256 
301,010 

22,071 
51,787 
51,136 
124,994 
32,398 
157,392 

  $

159,136 
54,696 
213,832 
39,467 
1,275 
254,574 

21,200 
41,701 
42,812 
105,713 
28,111 
133,824 

109,109 
17,608 
126,717 
14,645 
2,256 
143,618 
65,699 
77,919 
(7,946)    
  $
69,973 

95,123 
12,995 
108,118 
11,357 
1,275 
120,750 
58,017 
62,733 
(7,132)    
  $
55,601 

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

Other Selected Information
Average rental equipment 1 ...............................................................  $
Average rental equipment on rent .....................................................  $
Average monthly total yield 2............................................................   
Average utilization 3..........................................................................   
Average monthly rental rate 4............................................................   
Period end rental equipment 1 ...........................................................  $
Period end utilization 3 ......................................................................   
1
2
3

795,250 
629,459 

  $
  $
1.90%   
79.2%   
2.41%   
  $
79.1%   

814,367 

756,513 
591,236 

  $
  $
1.75%   
78.20%   
2.24%   
  $
79.3%   

775,492 

Average and Period end rental equipment represents the cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment inventory and accessory equipment.
Average monthly total yield is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment for the period.
Period end utilization is calculated by dividing the cost of rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment inventory and 
accessory equipment. Average utilization for the period is calculated using the average month end costs of the rental equipment.
Average monthly rental rate is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment on rent for the period.

4

23,180     
14,699     
37,879     
7,576     
981     
46,436     

871     
10,086     
8,324     
19,281     
4,287     
23,568     

13,986     
4,613     
18,599     
3,288     
981     
22,868     
7,682     
15,186     
814     
14,372     

38,737     
38,223     

38,875     

15%
27%
18%
19%
77%
18%

4%
24%
19%
18%
15%
18%

15%
35%
17%
29%
77%
19%
13%
24%
11%
26%

5%
6%
9%
1%
8%
5%
0%

-44-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
      
      
      
      
Mobile Modular’s gross profit for 2019 increased $22.9 million, or 19%, to $143.6 million.  For the year ended December 31, 

2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018:

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

Gross Profit on Rental Revenues – Rental revenues increased $23.2 million, or 15%, due to 6% higher average rental 
equipment on rent and 8% higher average monthly rental rates.  As a percentage of rental revenues, depreciation was 12% 
in 2019 compared to 13% in 2018 and other direct costs were 28% in 2019 and 27% in 2018, which resulted in gross margin 
percentage of 60% in 2019 and 2018.  The higher rental revenues and comparable rental margins resulted in gross profit on 
rental revenues increasing $14.0 million, or 15%, to $109.1 million in 2019.

Gross Profit on Rental Related Services – Rental related services revenues increased $14.7 million, or 27%, compared to 
2018.  Most of these service revenues are negotiated with the initial lease and are recognized on a straight-line basis with 
the  associated  costs  over  the  initial  term  of  the  lease.    The  increase  in  rental  related  services  revenues  was  primarily 
attributable to higher amortization of modular building delivery and return delivery and dismantle revenues and increased 
services performed during the lease.  The higher revenues and higher gross margin percentage of 25% in 2019 compared to 
24% in 2018 resulted in rental related services gross profit increasing $4.6 million, or 35%, to $17.6 million in 2019.

Gross Profit on Sales – Sales revenues increased $7.6 million, or 19%, primarily due to higher new and used equipment 
sales.  The higher sales revenues, together with higher gross margins of 31% in 2019 compared to 29% in 2018, resulted in 
sales gross profit increasing $3.3 million, or 29%, to $14.6 million in 2019.  Sales occur routinely as a normal part of Mobile 
Modular’s rental business; however, these sales can fluctuate from period to period depending on customer requirements, 
equipment availability and funding.

For 2019, Mobile Modular’s selling and administrative expenses increased $7.7 million, or 13%, to $65.7 million, primarily due 

to increased employee headcount, salaries and benefit costs and higher allocated corporate expenses.

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-45-

TRS-RenTelco

For 2019, TRS-RenTelco’s total revenues increased $12.8 million, or 11%, to $131.5 million compared to 2018, primarily due to 
higher rental revenues, partly offset by lower sales revenues.  Pre-tax income increased $5.5 million, or 19%, to $34.2 million for 2019, 
primarily due to higher gross profit on rental revenues, partly offset by higher selling and administrative expenses.

The following table summarizes year-to-year results for each revenue and gross profit category, income from operations, pre-tax 

income, and other selected information.

TRS-RenTelco – 2019 compared to 2018

 (dollar amounts in thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

Increase (Decrease)

2019

2018

$

%

Revenues
Rental ................................................................................................   $
Rental related services ......................................................................    
Rental operations .........................................................................    
Sales ..................................................................................................    
Other..................................................................................................    
Total revenues...................................................................    

  $

103,704 
3,260 
106,964 
22,106 
2,413 
131,483 

  $

89,937 
3,300 
93,237 
23,061 
2,359 
118,657 

13,767     
(40)   
13,727     
(955)   
54     
12,826     

15%
(1)%
15%
(4)%
2%
11%

16%
3%
11%
14%
(7)%
11%

16%
(22)%
15%
(1)%
2%
11%
8%
13%
(27)%
nm 
19%

11%
17%
4%
6%
(2)%
18%
4%

5,937     
93     
1,604     
7,634     
(783)   
6,851     

6,226     
(133)   
6,093     
(172)   
54     
5,975     
1,822     
4,153     
(726)   
573   
5,452     

30,535     
29,813     

49,708     

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

Costs and Expenses
Direct costs of rental operations:

Depreciation of rental equipment ................................................    
Rental related services .................................................................    
Other ............................................................................................    
Total direct costs of rental operations ....................................    
Costs of sales.....................................................................................    
Total costs of revenues .....................................................    

Gross Profit
Rental ................................................................................................    
Rental related services ......................................................................    
Rental operations .........................................................................    
Sales ..................................................................................................    
Other..................................................................................................    
Total gross profit...............................................................    
Selling and administrative expenses .................................................    
Income from operations ....................................................................    
Interest expense allocation ................................................................    
Foreign currency exchange gain (loss) .............................................    
Pre-tax income ..................................................................   $

41,948 
2,791 
16,303 
61,042 
9,693 
70,735 

45,453 
469 
45,922 
12,413 
2,413 
60,748 
24,645 
36,103 
(1,970)    
84 
34,217 

  $

36,011 
2,698 
14,699 
53,408 
10,476 
63,884 

39,227 
602 
39,829 
12,585 
2,359 
54,773 
22,823 
31,950 
(2,696)    
(489)    
  $

28,765 

Other Selected Information
Average rental equipment 1...............................................................   $
Average rental equipment on rent .....................................................   $
Average monthly total yield 2 ...........................................................    
Average utilization 3..........................................................................    
Average monthly rental rate 4 ...........................................................    
Period end rental equipment 1 ...........................................................   $
Period end utilization 3 ......................................................................    
1
2
3

306,426 
202,832 

  $
  $
2.82%   
66.2%   
4.26%   
  $
64.5%   

275,891 
173,019 

  $
  $
2.72%   
62.7%   
4.33%   
  $
62.1%   

333,613 

283,905 

Average and Period end rental equipment represents the cost of rental equipment excluding accessory equipment.
Average monthly total yield is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment for the period.
Period end utilization is calculated by dividing the cost of rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment excluding accessory equipment. Average 
utilization for the period is calculated using the average month end costs of the rental equipment.
Average monthly rental rate is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment on rent for the period.

4

nm = Not meaningful

-46-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
      
      
      
      
TRS-RenTelco’s gross profit for 2019 increased $6.0 million, or 11%, to $60.7 million.  For the year ended December 31, 2019 

compared to the year ended December 31, 2018:

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

Gross Profit on Rental Revenues – Rental revenues increased $13.8 million, or 15%, to $103.7 million with depreciation 
expense increasing $5.9 million, or 16%, and other direct costs increasing $1.6 million, or 11%, resulting in an increase in 
gross  profit  on  rental  revenues  of  $6.2  million,  or  16%,  to  $45.5  million  in  2019.    As  a  percentage  of  rental  revenues, 
depreciation was 40% in 2019 and 2018 and other direct costs was 16% in 2019 and 2018, which resulted in gross margin 
percentage of 44% in 2019 and 2018.  The rental revenues increase was due to 17% higher average rental equipment on 
rent, partly offset by 2% lower average monthly rental rates. 

Gross Profit on Sales – Sales revenues decreased $1.0 million, or 4%, to $22.1 million in 2019.  Gross profit on sales 
decreased $0.2 million with gross margin percentage increasing to 56% from 55% in 2018, primarily due to higher gross 
margins on used equipment sales.  Sales occur routinely as a normal part of TRS-RenTelco’s rental business; however, these 
sales  and  related  gross  margins  can  fluctuate  from  period  to  period  depending  on  customer  requirements,  equipment 
availability and funding.

For 2019, TRS-RenTelco’s selling and administrative expenses increased $1.8 million, or 8%, to $24.6 million, primarily due to 

higher salaries and employee benefit costs and higher allocated corporate expenses.

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-47-

Adler Tanks

For 2019, Adler Tanks’ total revenues increased $1.9 million, or 2%, to $97.9 million compared to 2018, primarily due to higher 
rental related services and sales revenues, partly offset by lower rental revenues.  Pre-tax income decreased $0.5 million, primarily due 
to lower gross profit on rental revenues, partly offset by higher gross profit on rental related services and lower selling and administrative 
expenses.

The following table summarizes year-to-year results for each revenue and gross profit category, income from operations, pre-tax 

income and other selected information.

Adler Tanks – 2019 compared to 2018

 (dollar amounts in thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

Increase (Decrease)

2019

2018

$

%

Revenues
Rental ................................................................................................   $
Rental related services ......................................................................    
Rental operations .........................................................................    
Sales ..................................................................................................    
Other..................................................................................................    
Total revenues...................................................................    

Costs and Expenses
Direct costs of rental operations:

Depreciation of rental equipment ................................................    
Rental related services .................................................................    
Other ............................................................................................    
Total direct costs of rental operations ....................................    
Costs of sales.....................................................................................    
Total costs of revenues .....................................................    

Gross Profit
Rental ................................................................................................    
Rental related services ......................................................................    
Rental operations .........................................................................    
Sales ..................................................................................................    
Other..................................................................................................    
Total gross profit...............................................................    
Selling and administrative expenses .................................................    
Income from operations ....................................................................    
Interest expense allocation ................................................................    
Pre-tax income ..................................................................   $

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

  $

67,869 
28,383 
96,252 
1,266 
405 
97,923 

16,372 
21,663 
11,926 
49,961 
948 
50,909 

  $

69,701 
24,911 
94,612 
1,044 
397 
96,053 

15,928 
19,899 
11,167 
46,994 
1,004 
47,998 

39,571 
6,720 
46,291 
318 
405 
47,014 
29,321 
17,693 
(3,436)    
  $
14,257 

42,607 
5,012 
47,619 
39 
397 
48,055 
30,026 
18,029 
(3,252)    
  $
14,777 

Other Selected Information
Average rental equipment 1...............................................................   $
Average rental equipment on rent .....................................................   $
Average monthly total yield 2 ...........................................................    
Average utilization 3..........................................................................    
Average monthly rental rate 4 ...........................................................    
Period end rental equipment 1 ...........................................................   $
Period end utilization 3 ......................................................................    
1
2
3

313,810 
171,664 

  $
  $
1.80%   
54.7%   
3.29%   
  $
48.4%   

310,401 
185,809 

  $
  $
1.87%   
59.9%   
3.13%   
  $
56.4%   

314,976 

312,186 

Average and Period end rental equipment represents the cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment inventory and accessory equipment.
Average monthly total yield is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment for the period.
Period end utilization is calculated by dividing the cost of rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment inventory and 
accessory equipment. Average utilization for the period is calculated using the average month end costs of the rental equipment.
Average monthly rental rate is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment on rent for the period.

4

(1,832)   
3,472     
1,640     
222     
8     
1,870     

444     
1,764     
759     
2,967     
(56)   
2,911     
-     
(3,036)   
1,708     
(1,328)   
279   

8     
(1,041)   
(705)   
(336)   
184     
(520)   

3,409     
(14,145)   

2,790     

(3)%
14%
2%
21%
2%
2%

3%
9%
7%
6%
(6%)
6%

(7%)
34%
(3%)
nm 

2%
(2)%
(2)%
(2)%
6%
(4)%

1%
(8)%
(4)%
(9)%
5%
1%
(14%)

-48-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
      
      
      
      
Adler  Tanks’  gross  profit  for  2019  decreased  $1.0  million,  or  2%,  to  $47.0  million.    For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019 

compared to year ended December 31, 2018:

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

Gross Profit on Rental Revenues – Rental revenues decreased $1.8 million, or 3%, to $67.9 million, due to 8% lower 
average rental equipment on rent, partly offset by 5% higher average monthly rental rates in 2019 as compared to 2018.  As 
a percentage of rental revenues, depreciation was 24% and 23% in 2019 and 2018, respectively, and other direct costs were 
18% and 16% in 2019 and 2018, respectively, which resulted in gross margin percentages of 58% in 2019 compared to 61% 
in 2018.  The lower rental revenues, together with lower rental margins resulted in gross profit on rental revenues decreasing 
$3.0 million, or 7%, to $39.6 million in 2019.

Gross Profit on Rental Related Services – Rental related services revenues increased $3.5 million, or 14%, compared to 
2018, primarily due to increased cleaning and repair revenues.  The higher revenues together with higher gross margin 
percentage of 24% in 2019 compared to 20% in 2018 resulted in rental related services gross profit increasing $1.7 million, 
or 34%, to $6.7 million in 2019.

For 2019, Adler Tanks’ selling and administrative expenses decreased $0.7 million, or 2%, to $29.3 million, primarily due to 

decreased employee headcount, salaries and benefit costs.

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-49-

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company’s rental businesses are capital intensive and generate significant cash flows.  Cash flows for the Company in 2020 

as compared to 2019 are summarized as follows:

Cash  Flows  from  Operating  Activities:  The  Company’s  operations  provided  net  cash  flow  of  $180.5  million  for  2020  as 
compared to $188.0 million in 2019.  The 4% decrease was primarily attributable to decreased deferred income and deferred income 
taxes, a lower decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities and other balance sheet changes.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities: Net cash used in investing activities was $53.0 million for 2020 as compared to $143.1 
million in 2019.  The $90.1 million decrease was primarily due to $81.4 million lower purchases of rental equipment of $86.3 million 
in 2020, compared to 2019, and $7.8 million lower cash paid for acquisition of business assets, partly offset by $1.6 million higher 
purchases of property, plant and equipment and $2.6 million higher proceeds from sales of used rental equipment.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities: Net cash used in financing activities was $128.5 million in 2020 as compared to $44.0 
million in 2019.  The $84.4 million increase was primarily due to $65.5 million higher net repayment under bank lines of credit, $13.6 
million higher repurchases of common stock and $4.3 million higher dividend payments.

Significant capital expenditures are required to maintain and grow the Company’s rental assets.  During the last three years, the 
Company has financed its working capital and capital expenditure requirements through cash flows from operations, proceeds from the 
sale of rental equipment and from bank borrowings.  Sales occur routinely as a normal part of the Company’s rental businesses.  However, 
these sales can fluctuate from period to period depending on customer requirements and funding.  Although the net proceeds received 
from sales may fluctuate from period to period, the Company believes its liquidity will not be adversely impacted from lower sales in 
any given year because it believes it has the ability to increase its bank borrowings, offer additional notes and conserve its cash in the 
future by reducing the amount of cash it uses to purchase rental equipment, pay dividends, or repurchase the Company’s common stock.

As the following table indicates, cash flow provided by operating activities and proceeds from sales of used rental equipment have 

been greater than rental equipment purchases over the past three years.

Funding of Rental Asset Growth

 (amounts in thousands)

Cash provided by operating activities ................................................   $
Proceeds from sales of used rental equipment ...................................    
Cash available for purchase of rental equipment ...............................    
Purchases of rental equipment............................................................    
Cash paid for acquisition of business assets.......................................    
Cash available for other uses..............................................................   $

  $

  $

2020
180,504 
47,052 
227,556 
(86,329)    
— 
141,227 

Year Ended December 31,
2019
187,994 
44,447 
232,441 
(167,703)    
(7,808)    
  $
56,930 

  $

  $

2018
142,667 
41,786 
184,453 
(123,071)    
(7,543)
53,839 

  $

Three Year
Totals
511,165 
133,285 
644,450 
(377,103)
(15,351)
251,996  

In addition to increasing its rental assets, the Company had other capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment of $13.7 
million in 2020, $12.1 million in 2019 and $15.7 million in 2018, and has used cash to provide returns to its shareholders in the form of 
cash dividends.  The Company paid cash dividends of $39.8 million, $35.5 million and $30.9 million in the years ended December 31, 
2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The  Company  has  in  the  past  made  purchases  of  shares  of  its  common  stock  from  time  to  time  in  over-the-counter  market 
(NASDAQ) transactions, through privately negotiated, large block transactions and through a share repurchase plan, in accordance with 
Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  In August 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to 
repurchase 2,000,000 shares of the Company's outstanding common stock (the “Repurchase Plan”).  The amount and time of the specific 
repurchases  are  subject  to  prevailing  market  conditions,  applicable  legal  requirements  and  other  factors,  including  management’s 
discretion.  All shares repurchased by the Company are canceled and returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares of common 
stock.  There can be no assurance that any authorized shares will be repurchased and the repurchase program may be modified, extended 
or terminated by the Board of Directors at any time.  There were 282,221 shares of common stock repurchased during the twelve months 
ended December 31, 2020 for the aggregate purchase price of $13.6 million or an average price of $48.25 per repurchased share.  There 
were no repurchases of common stock during the twelve months ended December 31, 2019.  As of December 31, 2020, 1,309,805 shares 
remain authorized for repurchase under the Repurchase Plan.

-50-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
Unsecured Revolving Lines of Credit

On  March  31,  2020,  the  Company  entered  into  an  amended  and  restated  credit  agreement  with  Bank  of  America,  N.A.,  as 
Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, L/C Issuer and lender, and other lenders named therein (the “Credit Facility”).  The Credit 
Facility provides for a $420.0 million unsecured revolving credit facility (which may be further increased to $670.0 million by adding 
one or more tranches of term loans and/or increasing the aggregate revolving commitments), which includes a $25.0 million sublimit 
for the issuance of standby letters of credit and a $10.0 million sublimit for swingline loans.  The proceeds of the Credit Facility are 
available to be used for general corporate purposes, including permitted acquisitions.  The Credit Facility permits the Company’s existing 
indebtedness to remain, which includes the Company’s $12.0 million Treasury Sweep Note due March 31, 2025, the Company’s existing 
senior notes issued pursuant to the Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement with Prudential Investment Management, Inc., dated as 
of April 21, 2011 (as amended, the “the Prior NPA”): (i) the $40.0 million aggregate outstanding principal of notes issued March 17, 
2014 and due March 17, 2021, and (ii) the $60.0 million aggregate outstanding principal of notes issued November 5, 2015 and due 
November 5, 2022.  In addition, the Company may incur additional senior note indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed 
$250.0 million.  The Credit Facility matures on March 31, 2025 and replaced the Company’s prior $420.0 million credit facility dated 
March 31, 2016 with Bank of America, N.A., as agent, as amended.  All obligations outstanding under the prior credit facility as of the 
date of the Credit Facility were refinanced by the Credit Facility on March 31, 2020.

On March 31, 2020, the Company entered into an amended and restated Credit Facility Letter Agreement and a Credit Line Note 
in favor of MUFG Union Bank, N.A., which provides for a $12.0 million line of credit facility related to its cash management services 
(“Sweep Service Facility”).  The Sweep Service Facility matures on the earlier of March 31, 2025, or the date the Company ceases to 
utilize MUFG Union Bank, N.A. for its cash management services.  The Sweep Service Facility replaced the Company’s prior $12.0 
million sweep service facility, dated as of March 31, 2016.

At December 31, 2020, under the Credit Facility and Sweep Service Facility, the Company had unsecured lines of credit that 
permit it to borrow up to $432.0 million of which $122.8 million was outstanding.  The Credit Facility contains financial covenants 
requiring the Company to not (all defined terms used below not otherwise defined herein have the meaning assigned to such terms in 
the Amended Credit Facility):

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of EBITDA to fixed charges as of the end of any fiscal quarter to be 
less than 2.50 to 1.  At December 31, 2020, the actual ratio was 4.34 to 1.

Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of funded debt to EBITDA at any time during any period of four consecutive fiscal 
quarters to be greater than 2.75 to 1.  At December 31, 2020, the actual ratio was 0.92 to 1.

At December 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with each of the aforementioned covenants.  There are no anticipated 
trends that the Company is aware of that would indicate non-compliance with these covenants, although significant deterioration in our 
financial performance could impact the Company’s ability to comply with these covenants.

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement

In March 2020, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement (the “Note 
Purchase Agreement”) with PGIM, Inc. (“PGIM”) and the holders of Series B and Series C Notes previously issued pursuant to the 
Prior NPA, among the Company and the other parties to the Note Purchase Agreement.  The Note Purchase Agreement amended and 
restated, and superseded in its entirety, the Prior NPA.  Pursuant to the Prior NPA, the Company issued (i) $40.0 million aggregate 
principal amount of its 3.68% Series B Senior Notes due March 17, 2021, and (ii) $60.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 3.84% 
Series C Senior Notes due November 5, 2022, to which the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement shall apply.  

In addition, pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, the Company may authorize the issuance and sale of additional senior notes 
(the “Shelf Notes”) in the aggregate principal amount of (x) $250 million minus (y) the amount of other notes (such as the Series B 
Senior Notes and Series C Senior Notes, each defined below) then outstanding, to be dated the date of issuance thereof, to mature, in 
case of each Shelf Note so issued, no more than 15 years after the date of original issuance thereof, to have an average life, in the case 
of each Shelf Note so issued, of no more than 15 years after the date of original issuance thereof, to bear interest on the unpaid balance 
thereof from the date thereof at the rate per annum, and to have such other particular terms, as shall be set forth, in the case of each Shelf 
Note so issued, in accordance with the Note Purchase Agreement.  Shelf Notes may be issued and sold from time to time at the discretion 
of the Company’s Board of Directors and in such amounts as the Board of Directors may determine, subject to prospective purchasers’ 
agreement to purchase the Shelf Notes. The Company will sell the Shelf Notes directly to such purchasers.  The full net proceeds of 
each Shelf Note will be used in the manner described in the applicable Request for Purchase with respect to such Shelf Note.

On  October  1,  2020,  the  Company  entered  into  a  rate  lock  agreement  with  Prudential  Private  Capital,  pursuant  to  which,  the 
Company agreed to a fixed interest rate of 2.57% for future issuance, if any, of senior unsecured notes in the aggregate amount of $40.0 
million with a 7-year maturity.  If issued, the funding for such notes would occur on or before March 17, 2021 and would be subject to 
the terms and conditions of the Note Purchase Agreement. 

-51-

3.68% Senior Notes Due in 2021

In March 2014, the Company issued and sold to the Purchasers a $40.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 3.68% Series B 
Senior Notes (the “Series B Senior Notes”) pursuant to the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, as amended.  The Series B Senior 
Notes are an unsecured obligation of the Company and bear interest at a rate of 3.68% per annum and mature on March 17, 2021.  
Interest on the Series B Senior Notes is payable semi-annually beginning on September 17, 2014 and continuing thereafter on March 17 
and September 17 of each year until maturity.  The principal balance is due when the notes mature in 2021.  The full net proceeds from 
the Series B Senior Notes were used for working capital and other general corporate purposes.  At December 31, 2020, the principal 
balance outstanding under the Series B Senior Notes was $40.0 million.

3.84% Senior Notes Due in 2022

In November 2015, the Company issued and sold to the Purchasers a $60.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 3.84% Series 
C Senior Notes (the “Series C Senior Notes”) pursuant to the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, as amended.  The Series C Senior 
Notes are an unsecured obligation of the Company and bear interest at a rate of 3.84% per annum and mature on November 5, 2022.  
Interest on the Series C Senior Notes is payable semi-annually beginning on May 5, 2016 and continuing thereafter on November 5 and 
May 5 of each year until maturity.  The principal balance is due when the notes mature in 2022.  The full net proceeds from the Series 
C  Senior  Notes  were  used  to  reduce  the  outstanding  balance  on  the  Company’s  revolving  credit  line.    At  December  31,  2020,  the 
principal balance outstanding under the Series C Senior Notes was $60.0 million.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

Among other restrictions, the Note Purchase Agreement, under which the Series B Senior Notes and Series C Senior Notes were 
sold, contains financial covenants requiring the Company to not (all defined terms used below not otherwise defined herein have the 
meaning assigned to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement):

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of EBITDA (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) to fixed 
charges as of the end of any fiscal quarter to be less than 2.50 to 1.  At December 31, 2020, the actual ratio was 4.34 to 1.

Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of funded debt to EBITDA (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) at any 
time during any period of four consecutive quarters to be greater than 2.75 to 1.  At December 31, 2020, the actual ratio was 
0.92 to 1.

At December 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with each of the aforementioned covenants.  There are no anticipated 
trends that the Company is aware of that would indicate non-compliance with these covenants, although significant deterioration in our 
financial performance could impact the Company’s ability to comply with these covenants.

Although no assurance can be given, the Company believes it will continue to be able to negotiate general bank lines of credit and 
issue senior notes adequate to meet capital requirements not otherwise met by operational cash flows and proceeds from sales of rental 
equipment.  Furthermore, the Company believes it has the financial resources to weather the expected impacts of COVID-19.  However, 
the Company has limited insight into the extent to which its business may be impacted by COVID-19, and there are many uncertainties, 
including how long and how severely the Company will be impacted.  An extended and severe impact may materially and adversely 
affect the Company’s future operations, financial position and liquidity.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

At December 31, 2020, the Company’s material contractual obligations and commitments consisted of outstanding borrowings 
under  our  credit  facilities  expiring  in  2025,  outstanding  amounts  under  our  3.68%  and  3.84%  senior  notes  due  in  2021  and  2022, 
respectively, and operating leases for facilities.  The operating lease amounts exclude property taxes and insurance.  The table below 
provides a summary of the Company’s contractual obligations and reflects expected payments due as of December 31, 2020 and does 
not reflect changes that could arise after that date.

Payments Due by Period

 (dollar amounts in thousands)

Revolving lines of credit ........................................................  $
3.68% Series B senior notes due in 2021 ...............................   
3.84% Series C senior notes due in 2022 ...............................   
Operating leases for facilities .................................................   
Total contractual obligations ..................................................  $

Total
122,771 
41,472 
64,614 
6,705 
235,562 

 $

 $

Within
1 Year

— 
41,472 
1,158 
2,333 
44,963 

-52-

Within
2 to 3 Years  
— 
— 
63,456 
3,074 
66,530 

 $

 $

Within
4 to 5 Years  
122,771 
— 
— 
1,298 
124,069 

 $

 $

More than
5 Years

 $

 $

— 
— 
— 
— 
—  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The Company believes that its needs for working capital and capital expenditures through 2021 and beyond will be adequately 

met by operating cash flow, proceeds from the sale of rental equipment, and bank borrowings.

Please see the Company's Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows on page 65 for a more detailed presentation of the sources and 

uses of the Company's cash.

Critical Accounting Policies

In response to the SEC’s Release No. 33-8040, “Cautionary Advice Regarding Disclosure About Critical Accounting Policies,” 
the Company has identified the most critical accounting policies upon which its financial status depends.  The Company determined its 
critical accounting policies by considering those policies that involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments.  The 
Company has identified that its most critical accounting policies are those related to revenue recognition, depreciation, maintenance, 
repair  and  refurbishment,  impairment  of  rental  equipment  and  impairment  of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets.    Descriptions  of  these 
accounting policies are found in both the notes to the consolidated financial statements and at relevant sections in this Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis.

Revenue recognition:

Lease revenue - Rental revenues from operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease for all 
operating segments.  Rental billings for periods extending beyond period end are recorded as deferred income and are recognized in the 
period  earned.    Rental  related  services  revenues  are  primarily  associated  with  relocatable  modular  building  and  liquid  and  solid 
containment  tanks  and  boxes  leases.    For  modular  building  leases,  rental  related  services  revenues  for  modifications,  delivery, 
installation, dismantle and return delivery are lease related because the payments are considered minimum lease payments that are an 
integral part of the negotiated lease agreement with the customer.  These revenues are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term 
of the lease. Certain leases are accounted for as sales-type leases.  For these leases, sales revenue and the related accounts receivable are 
recognized upon delivery and installation of the equipment and the unearned interest is recognized over the lease term on a basis which 
results in a constant rate of return on the unrecovered lease investment.  Other revenues include interest income on sales-type leases and 
rental income on facility leases.

Non-lease revenue - Sales revenue is recognized upon delivery and installation of the equipment to customers.  Certain leases 
are accounted for as sales-type leases.  For these leases, sales revenue and the related accounts receivable are recognized upon delivery 
and installation of the equipment and the unearned interest is recognized over the lease term on a basis which results in a constant rate 
of return on the unrecovered lease investment.  The Company typically recognizes non-lease related revenues at a point in time because 
the customer does not simultaneously consume the benefits of the Company’s promised goods and services, or performance obligations, 
and obtain control when delivery and installation are complete.  For contracts that have multiple performance obligations, the transaction 
price is allocated to each performance obligation in the contract based on the Company’s best estimate of the standalone selling prices 
of each distinct performance obligation in the contract.  The standalone selling price is typically determined based upon the expected 
cost plus an estimated margin of each performance obligation.  

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

Depreciation - The estimated useful lives and estimated residual values used for rental equipment are based on the Company’s 
experience as to the economic useful life and sale value of its products.  Additionally, to the extent information is publicly available, the 
Company also compares its depreciation policies to other companies with similar rental products for reasonableness.

The lives and residual values of rental equipment are subject to periodic evaluation.  For modular equipment, external factors to 
consider may include, but are not limited to, changes in legislation, regulations, building codes, local permitting, and supply or demand.  
Internal  factors  for  modulars  may  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  change  in  equipment  specifications,  condition  of  equipment,  or 
maintenance  policies.    For  electronic  test  equipment,  external  factors  to  consider  may  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  technological 
advances, changes in manufacturers’ selling prices, and supply or demand.  Internal factors for electronic test equipment may include, 
but  are  not  limited  to,  change  in  equipment  specifications,  condition  of  equipment  or  maintenance  policies.    For  liquid  and  solid 
containment tanks and boxes, external factors to consider may include, but are not limited to, changes in Federal and State legislation, 
the types of materials stored and the frequency of movements and uses.  Internal factors for liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes 
may include, but are not limited to, change in equipment specifications and maintenance policies.

Changes in useful lives or residual values will impact depreciation expense and any gain or loss from the sale of used equipment. 

Depending on the magnitude of such changes, the impact on the financial statements could be significant.

-53-

Maintenance, repair and refurbishment - Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.  The direct material and labor 
costs of value-added additions or major refurbishment of modular buildings are capitalized to the extent the refurbishment significantly 
improves the quality and adds value or life to the equipment.  Judgment is involved as to when these costs should be capitalized.  The 
Company’s  policies  narrowly  limit  the  capitalization  of  value-added  items  to  specific  additions  such  as  restrooms,  sidewalls  and 
ventilation  upgrades.    In  addition,  only  major  refurbishment  costs  incurred  near  the  end  of  the  estimated  useful  life  of  the  rental 
equipment, which extend its useful life, and are subject to certain limitations, are capitalized. Changes in these policies could impact the 
Company’s financial results.

Impairment of rental equipment - The carrying value of the Company’s rental equipment is its capitalized cost less accumulated 
depreciation.    To  the  extent  events  or  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  value  cannot  be  recovered,  an  impairment  loss  is 
recognized to reduce the carrying value to fair value.  The Company determines fair value based upon the condition of the equipment 
and the projected net cash flows from its rental and sale considering current market conditions.  Additionally, if the Company decides 
to sell or otherwise dispose of the rental equipment, it is carried at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell or dispose.   Due to 
uncertainties  inherent  in  the  valuation  process  and  market  conditions,  it  is  reasonably  possible  that  actual  results  of  operating  and 
disposing of rental equipment could be materially different than current expectations.

Impairment  of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  - The  Company  assesses  the  carrying  amount  of  its  recorded  goodwill  and 
intangible assets annually or in interim periods if circumstances indicate an impairment may have occurred.  The impairment review is 
performed by first assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is 
less than its carrying amount.  The evaluation consists of estimating the fair value of the reporting unit based on discounted cash flows 
using revenue and after tax profit estimates.  Management then compares its estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit with the 
reporting unit’s carrying amount, which includes goodwill and intangible assets.  If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds 
the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, then goodwill and intangible assets are not impaired.  If the carrying value of 
the net assets assigned to the reporting unit were to exceed its fair value, an impairment loss is recorded for the amount equal to the 
difference the reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value.

Impact of Inflation

Although the Company cannot precisely determine the effect of inflation, from time to time it has experienced increases in costs 
of rental equipment, manufacturing costs, operating expenses and interest.  Because a majority of its rentals are relatively short-term, 
the Company has generally been able to pass on such increased costs through increases in rental rates and selling prices, but there can 
be no assurance that the Company will be able to continue to pass on increased costs to customers in the future.

Off Balance Sheet Transactions

As of December 31, 2020, the Company did not have any “off-balance-sheet arrangements,” as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of 

Regulation S-K.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

The Company is exposed to cash flow and fair value risk due to changes in interest rates with respect to its 3.68% and 3.84% 
senior notes due in 2021 and 2022, respectively, and its revolving lines of credit.  Weighted average variable rates are based on implied 
forward rates in the yield curve at December 31, 2020.  The estimate of fair value of the Company’s fixed rate debt is based on the 
borrowing rates currently available to the Company for bank loans with similar terms and average maturities.  The table below presents 
principal cash flows by expected annual maturities, related weighted average interest rates and estimated fair value for the Company’s 
Series B and Series C Senior Notes and the Company’s revolving lines of credit under the Credit Facility and Sweep Service Facility as 
of December 31, 2020.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

 (dollar amounts in thousands)

2021

Revolving lines of credit.............................  $ — 
Weighted average interest rate....................   
— 
3.68% Series B senior notes due in
 2021 ...........................................................  $40,000 
Stated interest rate.......................................   
3.84% Series C senior notes due in
 2022 ...........................................................  $ — 
— 
Stated interest rate.......................................   

2022
 $ — 
— 

    2024

  2023
 $ —   $ —   $122,771 
   —     —    

  Thereafter    
 $
2.11%   

2025

—   $122,771 
—    

2.11%   

Total

Estimated
Fair Value  
 $122,771 

 $ — 
— 

 $ —   $ —   $
   —     —    

3.68%   

 $60,000 

 $ —   $ —   $
3.84%    —     —    

-54-

 $

 $

— 
— 

— 
— 

—   $ 40,000 
—    

3.68%   

 $ 41,011 

—   $ 60,000 
—    

3.84%   

 $ 62,085 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The Company formed a wholly owned Canadian subsidiary, TRS-RenTelco Inc., in 2004 in conjunction with the TRS acquisition 
and a wholly owned Indian subsidiary, TRS-RenTelco India Private Limited, in 2013.  The Company commenced the closure of its 
Indian operations during 2017.  The Canadian operations of the Company subject it to foreign currency risks (i.e. the possibility that the 
financial results could be better or worse than planned because of changes in foreign currency exchange rates).  Currently, the Company 
does not use derivative instruments to hedge its economic exposure with respect to assets, liabilities and firm commitments denominated 
in foreign currencies.  In 2020, the Company experienced minimal impact on net income due to foreign exchange rate fluctuations.  
Although there can be no assurances, given the size of the Canadian operations, the Company does not expect future foreign exchange 
gains and losses to be significant.

The Company has no derivative financial instruments that expose the Company to significant market risk.

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-55-

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

Index
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting ..............................................................................................

Page
57

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ...........................................................................................................

58

Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 ..............................................................................................

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 .................................................

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 .......................

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 ...........................

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018...........................................

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.....................................................................................................................................

61

62

63

64

65

66

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

-56-

 
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management is responsible for the preparation and integrity of the consolidated financial statements appearing in 
our Annual Report filed on Form 10-K. The consolidated financial statements were prepared in conformity with United States generally 
accepted accounting principles and include amounts based on management’s estimates and judgments.  All other financial information 
in this report has been presented on a basis consistent with the information included in the financial statements.

The Company’s management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting 
as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  The Company maintains a system 
of internal control that is designed to provide reasonable assurance as to the reliable preparation and presentation of the consolidated 
financial statements, as well as to safeguard assets from unauthorized use or disposition.

The Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting is embodied in the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and 
Ethics.  It sets the tone of our organization and includes factors such as integrity and ethical values.  Our internal control over financial 
reporting is supported by formal policies and procedures, which are reviewed, modified and improved as changes occur in business 
conditions and operations.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Projections 
of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is composed solely of outside directors, meets periodically with members 
of management and the independent auditors to review and discuss internal control over financial reporting, as well as accounting and 
financial reporting matters.  The independent auditors report to the Audit Committee and accordingly have full and free access to the 
Audit Committee at any time.

The Company’s management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2020 based on the criteria set forth in the 2013 Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Based on its evaluation, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 
2020, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-57-

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Shareholders
McGrath RentCorp

Opinion on internal control over financial reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of McGrath RentCorp (a California corporation) and subsidiaries (the 
“Company”) as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the 
Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (“COSO”).  In  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all 
material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in the 2013 
Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), 
the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020, and our report dated February 
23, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of 
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control 
over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based 
on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company 
in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission 
and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. 
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness 
exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such 
other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention 
or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the 
financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

San Jose, California 
February 23, 2021

-58-

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Board of Directors and Shareholders
McGrath RentCorp

Opinion on the financial statements 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of McGrath RentCorp (a California corporation) and subsidiaries (the 
“Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ 
equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to 
as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the 
Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period 
ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), 
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal 
Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and 
our report dated February 23, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion.

Basis for opinion 
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to 
be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. 
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to 
error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence 
regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used 
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe 
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical audit matter 
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was 
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material 
to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of 
critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by 
communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or 
disclosures to which it relates. 

Valuation of TRS-RenTelco rental equipment 
As described further in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company evaluates the carrying value of rental equipment for 
impairment whenever events and circumstances have occurred that would indicate the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable. 
We identified the valuation of the Company’s TRS-RenTelco rental equipment as a critical audit matter.

The principal consideration for our determination of the valuation of the TRS-RenTelco rental equipment as a critical audit matter is 
that the TRS-RenTelco rental equipment can be sensitive to new developments in technology, which creates the risk that equipment 
could become obsolete or impaired. Management’s impairment analysis relies on estimates of future financial performance of its 
rental equipment. These estimates include assumptions based upon historical and projected results including utilization, rental pricing 
and the equipment’s useful life and expected sales proceeds. The failure to achieve these projections might be indicators of potential 
impairment.   

Our audit procedures related to the impairment of TRS-RenTelco rental equipment included the following, among others. 

(cid:129) We tested the design and operating effectiveness of controls relating to the impairment process, determination of the 

assumptions, and review of equipment that didn’t meet assumed performance thresholds. 

(cid:129) We evaluated the appropriateness of useful lives assigned to the rental equipment.

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-59-

(cid:129) We analyzed trends in utilization and yield at a disaggregated product level, both year-over-year and quarter-over-quarter to 

evaluate if indicators of impairment were present for any particular product.

(cid:129)

For a sample of assets, we inspected underlying documents and compared to the information in management’s analysis for 
accuracy.

(cid:129) We independently identified any underperforming assets by recalculating management’s analysis performed by using actual 

margins on sales proceeds.

(cid:129)

For assets discussed above, we inquired of management with respect to the assets and factors driving assessment of 
realizability and corroborated explanations received.   

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002.

San Jose, California
February 23, 2021

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

-60-

MCGRATH RENTCORP
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands)
Assets
Cash .......................................................................................................................................   $
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,100 in 2020
   and $1,883 in 2019 .............................................................................................................  
Rental equipment, at cost:

Relocatable modular buildings.........................................................................................  
Electronic test equipment.................................................................................................  
Liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes ................................................................  

Less accumulated depreciation ........................................................................................  
Rental equipment, net ......................................................................................................  
Property, plant and equipment, net........................................................................................  
Prepaid expenses and other assets .........................................................................................  
Intangible assets, net..............................................................................................................  
Goodwill ................................................................................................................................  

Total assets ............................................................................................................   $

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Liabilities:

Notes payable...................................................................................................................   $
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .........................................................................  
Deferred income...............................................................................................................  
Deferred income taxes, net...............................................................................................  
Total liabilities ......................................................................................................  

Shareholders’ equity:

Common stock, no par value - Authorized 40,000 shares

Issued and outstanding - 24,128 shares as of December 31, 2020 and 24,296 
shares as of December 31, 2019 .................................................................................  
Retained earnings.............................................................................................................  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss...........................................................................  
Total shareholders’ equity.....................................................................................  
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity ..............................................................   $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

December 31,

2020

2019

1,238    $

2,342 

123,316   

128,099 

882,115   
333,020   
315,706   
1,530,841   
(592,725)  
938,116   
136,210   
41,549   
7,118   
28,197   
1,275,744    $

222,754    $
108,334   
45,975   
216,077   
593,140   

868,807 
335,343 
316,261 
1,520,411 
(552,911)
967,500 
131,047 
45,356 
7,334 
28,197 
1,309,875 

293,431 
109,174 
54,964 
218,270 
675,839 

106,289   
576,419   
(104)  
682,604   
1,275,744    $

106,360 
527,746 
(70)
634,036 
1,309,875 

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-61-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
MCGRATH RENTCORP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenues

Rental ....................................................................................................  $
Rental related services .......................................................................... 
Rental operations ............................................................................. 
Sales ...................................................................................................... 
Other...................................................................................................... 
Total revenues....................................................................... 

Costs and Expenses

Direct costs of rental operations:

Depreciation of rental equipment .................................................... 
Rental related services ..................................................................... 
Other ................................................................................................ 
Total direct costs of rental operations................................... 
Costs of sales......................................................................................... 
Total costs of revenues ......................................................... 
Gross profit...................................................................... 
Selling and administrative expenses ..................................................... 
Income from operations................................................................... 

Other income (expense):

Interest expense ............................................................................... 
Foreign currency exchange gain...................................................... 
Income before provision for income taxes................................. 
Provision for income taxes.................................................................... 

Net income .................................................................................  $

Earnings per share:

Basic......................................................................................................  $
Diluted...................................................................................................  $

Shares used in per share calculation:

Basic...................................................................................................... 
Diluted................................................................................................... 
Cash dividends declared per share .............................................................  $

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

2020

Year Ended December 31,
2019

2018

351,790 
92,393 
444,183 
124,604 
3,767 
572,554 

85,866 
68,105 
73,818 
227,789 
81,019 
308,808 
263,746 
122,993 
140,753 

(8,787)
78 
132,044 
30,060 
101,984 

4.22 
4.16 

24,157 
24,531 
1.68 

 $

 $

 $
 $

 $

 $

353,889 
101,038 
454,927 
110,229 
5,074 
570,230 

80,391 
76,241 
79,365   
235,997 
68,068 
304,065 
266,165 
124,793 
141,372 

(12,331)
84 
129,125 
32,319 
96,806 

3.99 
3.93 

24,250 
24,623 
1.50 

 $

 $
 $

 $

318,774 
82,907 
401,681 
92,618 
4,031 
498,330 

73,139 
64,298 
68,678 
206,115 
58,964 
265,079 
233,251 
115,770 
117,481 

(12,297)
(489)
104,695 
25,289 
79,406 

3.29 
3.24 

24,141 
24,540 
1.36 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

-62-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
MCGRATH RENTCORP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands)
Net income ........................................................................................................  
Other comprehensive income (loss):

Foreign currency translation adjustment .....................................................
Tax benefit (provision) ................................................................................
Comprehensive income.....................................................................................  

$

$

Year Ended December 31,

2020

2019

2018

101,984    $

96,806    $

79,406 

(48)    
14     
101,950    $

(29)    
8     
96,785    $

161 
(42)
79,525 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-63-

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
      
      
  
  
  
 
 
   
       
       
 
MCGRATH RENTCORP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Balance at December 31, 2017.......................................................   
Net income..................................................................................   
Share-based compensation..........................................................   
Common stock issued under stock plans, net of shares
   withheld for employee taxes....................................................   
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of stock awards ........   
Dividends accrued at $1.36 per share .........................................   
Other comprehensive gain ..........................................................   
Balance at December 31, 2018.......................................................   
Net income..................................................................................   
Share-based compensation..........................................................   
Common stock issued under stock plans, net of shares
   withheld for employee taxes....................................................   
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of stock awards ........   
Dividends accrued at $1.50 per share .........................................   
Other comprehensive loss...........................................................   
Balance at December 31, 2019.......................................................   
Net income..................................................................................   
Share-based compensation..........................................................   
Common stock issued under stock plans, net of shares
   withheld for employee taxes....................................................   
Repurchased common stock .......................................................   
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of stock awards ........   
Dividends accrued at $1.68 per share .........................................   
Other comprehensive loss...........................................................   
Balance at December 31, 2020.......................................................   

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

Common Stock

Shares
24,052   $ 102,947 

  Amount

—    
—    

—    
4,111    

  Retained  
  Earnings
 $ 421,405 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive 
  Income (Loss)  
 $
79,406    
—    

Total
Shareholders’ 
Equity

(168)  $ 524,184 
79,406 
4,111 

—    
—    

130    
—    
—    
—    

—    
(3,257)   
—    
—    

—    
—    
(33,028)   
—    
24,182     103,801     467,783    
96,806    
—    

—    
5,892    

—    
—    

114    
—    
—    
—    

—    
(3,333)   
—    
—    

—    
—    
(36,843)   
—    
24,296     106,360     527,746    
—     101,984    
—    

—    
—    

5,549    

114    
(282)   
—    
—    
—    

—    
(12,373)   
—    
(40,938)   
—    
24,128   $ 106,289   $ 576,419   $

—    
(1,244)   
(4,376)   
—    
—    

— 
—    
(3,257)
—    
(33,028)
—    
119    
119 
(49)    571,535 
96,806 
—    
5,892 
—    

— 
—    
(3,333)
—    
(36,843)
—    
(21)   
(21)
(70)    634,036 
—     101,984 
5,549 
—    

—    
—    
—    
—    
(34)   

— 
(13,617)
(4,376)
(40,938)
(34)
(104)  $ 682,604  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

-64-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MCGRATH RENTCORP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

Net income...................................................................................................  $
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
   operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization ............................................................... 
Impairment of rental assets .................................................................... 
Provision for doubtful accounts ............................................................. 
Share-based compensation ..................................................................... 
Gain on sale of used rental equipment ................................................... 
Foreign currency exchange (gain) loss .................................................. 
Amortization of debt issuance costs....................................................... 

     Change in:

Accounts receivable.......................................................................... 
Prepaid expenses and other assets .................................................... 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities.......................................... 
Deferred income ............................................................................... 
Deferred income taxes ...................................................................... 
Net cash provided by operating activities ................................... 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

Purchases of rental equipment ..................................................................... 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment................................................ 
Cash paid for acquisition of business assets................................................ 
Proceeds from sales of used rental equipment............................................. 
Net cash used in investing activities ........................................... 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

Net (repayment) borrowing under bank lines of credit ............................... 
Principal payments on Series A senior notes............................................... 
Repurchase of common stock...................................................................... 
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of stock awards ......................... 
Payment of dividends .................................................................................. 
Net cash used in financing activities ........................................... 
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash ............................... 
Net (decrease) increase in cash ................................................... 
Cash balance, beginning of period .................................................................... 
Cash balance, end of period ..............................................................................  $
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
Interest paid, during the period .........................................................................  $
Net income taxes paid, during the period .........................................................  $
Dividends accrued during the period, not yet paid ...........................................  $
Rental equipment acquisitions, not yet paid .....................................................  $

2020

Year Ended December 31,
2019

2018

101,984    $

96,806    $

79,406 

94,643   
—   
1,343   
5,549   
(19,329)  
(78)  
11   

3,440   
3,807   
316   
(8,989)  
(2,193)  
180,504   

(86,329)  
(13,724)  
—   
47,052   
(53,001)  

(70,689)  
—   
(13,617)  
(4,376)  
(39,769)  
(128,451)  
(156)  
(1,104)  
2,342   
1,238    $

9,050    $
34,903    $
10,083    $
4,373    $

89,476   
—   
1,013   
5,892   
(21,309)  
(84)  
11   

(7,323)  
(13,530)  
20,298   
5,138   
11,606   
187,994   

(167,703)  
(12,080)  
(7,808)  
44,447   
(143,144)  

(5,144)  
—   
—   
(3,333)  
(35,539)  
(44,016)  
—   
834   
1,508   
2,342    $

12,475    $
17,528    $
9,489    $
6,496    $

81,975 
39 
581 
4,111 
(19,559)
489 
20 

(15,725)
(9,351)
(1,612)
10,258 
12,035 
142,667 

(123,071)
(15,664)
(7,543)
41,786 
(104,492)

15,130 
(20,000)
— 
(3,257)
(30,939)
(39,066)
(102)
(993)
2,501 
1,508 

12,598 
18,157 
8,388 
9,695 

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

-65-

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
MCGRATH RENTCORP
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Organization

McGrath  RentCorp  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  (the  “Company”)  is  a  California  corporation  organized  in  1979.    The 
Company is a diversified business to business rental company with four rental divisions; relocatable modular buildings, portable storage 
containers, electronic test equipment and liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes. Although the Company’s primary emphasis is 
on equipment rentals, sales of equipment occur in the normal course of business.  The Company is comprised of four reportable business 
segments: modular building and portable storage segment (“Mobile Modular”), electronic test equipment segment (“TRS-RenTelco”), 
containment  solutions  for  the  storage  of  hazardous  and  non-hazardous  liquids  and  solids  segment  (“Adler  Tanks”)  and  classroom 
manufacturing division selling modular classrooms in California (“Enviroplex”).

Principles of Consolidation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  McGrath  RentCorp  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries.    All 

intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Revenue Recognition

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

Lease revenues - Rental revenues from operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease for all 
operating segments.  Rental billings for periods extending beyond period end are recorded as deferred income and are recognized in the 
period  earned.    Rental  related  services  revenues  are  primarily  associated  with  relocatable  modular  building  and  liquid  and  solid 
containment  tanks  and  boxes  leases.    For  modular  building  leases,  rental  related  services  revenues  for  modifications,  delivery, 
installation, dismantle and return delivery are lease related because the payments are considered minimum lease payments that are an 
integral part of the negotiated lease agreement with the customer.  These revenues are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term 
of the lease. Certain leases are accounted for as sales-type leases.  For these leases, sales revenue and the related accounts receivable are 
recognized upon delivery and installation of the equipment and the unearned interest is recognized over the lease term on a basis which 
results in a constant rate of return on the unrecovered lease investment.  Other revenues include interest income on sales-type leases and 
rental income on facility leases.

Non-lease revenues - Sales revenue is recognized upon delivery and installation of the equipment to customers.  Certain leases 
are accounted for as sales-type leases.  For these leases, sales revenue and the related accounts receivable are recognized upon delivery 
and installation of the equipment and the unearned interest is recognized over the lease term on a basis which results in a constant rate 
of return on the unrecovered lease investment.

Other revenue is recognized when earned and primarily includes interest income on sales-type leases, rental income on facility 

leases and certain logistics services.

Sales taxes charged to customers are reported on a net basis and are excluded from revenues and expenses.

Depreciation of Rental Equipment

Rental equipment is depreciated on a straight-line basis for financial reporting purposes and on an accelerated basis for income 
tax purposes.  The costs of major refurbishment of relocatable modular buildings, portable storage containers and tanks and boxes are 
capitalized to the extent the refurbishment significantly adds value to, or extends the life of the equipment.  Maintenance and repairs are 
expensed as incurred.

The estimated useful lives and residual values of the Company’s rental equipment used for financial reporting purposes are as 

follows:

Relocatable modular buildings.............................................................................. 18 years, 50% residual value
Relocatable modular accessories........................................................................... 3 to 18 years, no residual value
Blast resistant modules.......................................................................................... 20 years, no residual value
Portable storage containers....................................................................................   25 years, 62.5% residual value
Electronic test equipment and accessories ............................................................ 1 to 8 years, no residual value
Liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes and accessories............................ 3 to 20 years, no residual value

-66-

Costs of Rental Related Services

Costs of rental related services are primarily associated with relocatable modular building leases and liquid and solid containment 
tank and boxes. Modular building leases primarily consist of costs for services to be provided under the negotiated lease agreement for 
delivery, installation, modifications, skirting, additional site-related work, and dismantle and return delivery.  Costs related to these 
services are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.  Costs of rental related services associated with liquid and 
solid containment solutions consists of costs of delivery, removal and cleaning of the tanks and boxes.  These costs are recognized in 
the period the service is performed.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates the carrying value of rental equipment and identifiable definite lived intangible assets for impairment 
whenever events or circumstances have occurred that would indicate the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable.  A key element 
in determining the recoverability of long-lived assets is the Company’s outlook as to the future market conditions for its rental equipment.  
If  the  carrying  amount  is  not  fully  recoverable,  an  impairment  loss  is  recognized  to  reduce  the  carrying  amount  to  fair  value.   The 
Company determines fair value based upon the condition of the rental equipment and the projected net cash flows from its rental and 
sale considering current market conditions.  Goodwill and identifiable indefinite lived assets are evaluated for potential impairment 
annually or when circumstances indicate potential impairment may have occurred.  Impairment losses, if any, are determined based 
upon the excess of carrying value over the estimated fair value of the asset.  There were no impairments of long-lived assets during the 
years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.  The Company recorded an impairment of modular rental equipment of $0.1 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2018.  

Other Direct Costs of Rental Operations

Other direct costs of rental operations include direct labor, supplies, repairs, insurance, property taxes, license fees, impairment 
of rental equipment and certain modular lease costs charged to customers in the negotiated rental rate, which are recognized on a straight-
line basis over the term of the lease.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales in the Consolidated Statements of Income includes the carrying value of the equipment sold and all direct costs 

associated with the sale.

Warranty Reserves

Sales of new relocatable modular buildings, portable storage containers, electronic test equipment and related accessories and 
liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes not manufactured by the Company are typically covered by warranties provided by the 
manufacturer of the products sold.  The Company typically provides limited 90-day warranties for certain sales of used rental equipment 
and  one-year  warranties  on  equipment  manufactured  by  Enviroplex.    Although  the  Company’s  policy  is  to  provide  reserves  for 
warranties  when  required  for  specific  circumstances,  the  Company  has  not  found  it  necessary  to  establish  such  reserves  to  date  as 
warranty costs have not been significant.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation.  Depreciation is recognized on a straight-line 
basis for financial reporting purposes, and on an accelerated basis for income tax purposes.  Depreciation expense for property, plant 
and equipment is included in “Selling and administrative expenses” and “Rental related services” in the Consolidated Statements of 
Income.  Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-67-

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:

 (dollar amounts in thousands)

Land.......................................................................................................  
Land improvements...............................................................................  
Buildings ...............................................................................................    
Furniture, office equipment and software .............................................  
Vehicles and machinery ........................................................................  

Less accumulated depreciation..............................................................    

Construction in progress........................................................................    

Estimated
useful life
in years
Indefinite
20 – 50
30
3 – 10
5 – 25

  $

  $

December 31,

2020

2019

  $

54,429 
59,249 
32,306 
36,882 
43,101 
225,967 
(91,514)    
134,453 
1,757 
136,210 

  $

54,423 
52,325 
29,848 
36,610 
41,877 
215,083 
(84,308)
130,775 
272 
131,047  

Property, plant and equipment depreciation expense was $8.6 million, $8.2 million and $8.0 million for the years ended December 
31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.  Construction in progress at December 31, 2020 and 2019 consisted primarily of costs related to 
acquisition of land, land improvements and information technology upgrades.

Capitalized Software Costs

The Company capitalizes certain development costs incurred in connection with its internal use software.  Costs incurred in the 
preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred.  Once an application has reached the development stage, direct internal 
and external costs are capitalized until the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use.  These costs generally 
include external direct costs of materials and services consumed in the project and internal costs, such as payroll and benefits of those 
employees directly associated with the development of the software.  Maintenance, training and post implementation costs are expensed 
as incurred.  The Company also capitalizes costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the expenditures 
will  result  in  additional  functionality.    Capitalized  software  costs  are  included  in  property,  plant  and  equipment.    The  Company 
capitalized $0.1 million and $3.0 million in internal use software during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.  Total advertising expenses were $3.9 million, $3.6 million and $3.2 million for the 

years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for using an asset and liability approach.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the effect 
of  temporary  differences  between  the  tax  basis  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  their  reported  amounts  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements.  Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are adjusted to the extent necessary to reflect tax rates expected to be in effect 
when temporary differences reverse.  Adjustments may be required to deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities due to changes in 
tax laws and audit adjustments by tax authorities.  A valuation allowance would be established if, based on the weight of available 
evidence, management believes that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a recorded deferred tax asset would not be 
realized in future periods.  To the extent adjustments are required in any given period, the adjustments would be included within the 
“Provision for income taxes” in the Consolidated Statements of Income.            

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Purchase prices of acquired businesses are allocated to the assets and liabilities acquired based on the estimated fair values on the 
respective acquisition dates.  Based on these values, the excess purchase prices over the fair value of the net assets acquired are allocated 
to goodwill and other intangible assets.  Intangible assets related to customer relationships are amortized over eleven years.  At December 
31, 2020 and 2019, goodwill and trade name intangible assets which have indefinite lives totaled $34.1 million. 

The  Company  assesses  potential  impairment  of  its  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  when  there  is  evidence  that  events  or 
circumstances have occurred that would indicate the recovery of an asset’s carrying value is unlikely.  The Company also assesses 
potential impairment of its goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives on an annual basis regardless of whether there is evidence 
of impairment.  If indicators of impairment were to be present in intangible assets used in operations and future discounted cash flows 

-68-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
were not expected to be sufficient to recover the assets’ carrying amount, an impairment loss would be charged to expense in the period 
identified. The amount of an impairment loss would be recognized as the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value.  Factors 
the Company considers important, which may cause impairment include, among others, significant changes in the manner of use of the 
acquired  asset,  negative  industry  or  economic  trends,  and  significant  underperformance  relative  to  historical  or  projected  operating 
results.

The impairment review of the Company’s goodwill is performed by first assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is 
more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.  The fair value of the reporting unit is compared 
to its carrying value to determine if the goodwill is impaired.  If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net 
assets assigned to that unit, then goodwill is not impaired.  If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit were to 
exceed its fair value, then a goodwill impairment loss is recorded for the amount the reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds the estimated 
fair value.

The Company conducted its annual impairment analysis in the fourth quarter of 2020.  The impairment analysis did not result in 
an impairment charge for the fiscal year ended 2020.  There were no impairment charges in 2019 or 2018.  Determining the fair value 
of a reporting unit is judgmental and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions.  The Company based its fair value 
estimates on assumptions that it believes are reasonable but are uncertain and subject to changes in market conditions.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed as net income divided by the weighted average number of shares of common stock 
outstanding for the period.  Diluted EPS is computed assuming conversion of all potentially dilutive securities including the dilutive 
effects of stock options, unvested restricted stock awards and other potentially dilutive securities.  The table below presents the weighted-
average common stock used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share:

 (in thousands)

Weighted-average common stock for calculating basic
   earnings per share ...............................................................................    
Effect of potentially dilutive securities from equity-based
   compensation......................................................................................    
Weighted-average common stock for calculating diluted
   earnings per share ...............................................................................    

2020

Year Ended December 31,
2019

2018

24,157 

24,250 

24,141 

374 

373 

399 

24,531 

24,623 

24,540  

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

In 2020, 2019 and 2018, there were no shares having an anti-dilutive effect requiring exclusion from the computation of diluted 

earnings per share. 

The  Company  has  made  purchases  of  shares  of  its  common  stock  from  time  to  time  in  over-the-counter  market  (NASDAQ) 
transactions, through privately negotiated, large block transactions and through a share repurchase plan, in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  In August 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up 
to  2,000,000  shares  of  the  Company's  outstanding  common  stock  (the  “Repurchase  Plan”).    The  amount  and  time  of  the  specific 
repurchases  are  subject  to  prevailing  market  conditions,  applicable  legal  requirements  and  other  factors,  including  management’s 
discretion. All shares repurchased by the Company are canceled and returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares of common 
stock. There can be no assurance that any authorized shares will be repurchased and the Repurchase Plan may be modified, extended or 
terminated by the Board of Directors at any time.  In the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, the company repurchased 282,221 
shares of its common stock for an average purchase price of $48.25 per share or an aggregate price of $13.6 million.  There were no 
repurchases of common stock during the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.  As of December 31, 2020, 1,309,805 
shares remain authorized for repurchase.    

Accounts Receivable and Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company’s accounts receivable consist of amounts due from customers for rentals, sales, financed sales and unbilled amounts 
for  the  portion  of  modular  building  end-of-lease  services  earned,  which  were  negotiated  as  part  of  the  lease  agreement.    Unbilled 
receivables related to end-of-lease services, which consists of dismantle and return delivery of buildings, were $38.7 million at December 
31, 2020 and $37.2 million at December 31, 2019.  The Company sells primarily on 30-day terms, individually performs credit evaluation 
procedures on its customers on each transaction and will require security deposits from its customers when a significant credit risk is 
identified.  The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts in amounts equal to the estimated losses expected to be incurred 
in the collection of the accounts receivable.  The estimated losses are based on historical collection experience in conjunction with an 

-69-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
evaluation of the current status of the existing accounts.  Customer accounts are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts 
when an account is determined to be uncollectable.  The allowance for doubtful accounts activity was as follows:

 (in thousands)
Beginning balance, January 1 ..................................................................................   $
Provision for doubtful accounts...............................................................................    
Write-offs, net of recoveries ....................................................................................    
Ending balance, December 31 .................................................................................   $

2020

2019

  $

1,883 
1,343 
(1,126)    
  $
2,100 

1,883 
1,013 
(1,013)
1,883  

Financial  instruments  that  potentially  subject  the  Company  to  concentration  of  credit  risk  consist  primarily  of  trade  accounts 

receivable.  From time to time, the Company maintains cash balances in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation limits.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company believes that the carrying amounts for cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and notes payable approximate 
their fair values except for fixed rate debt included in notes payable which has an estimated fair value of $103.1 million and $101.4 
million compared to the recorded value of $100.0 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  The estimates of fair value 
of the Company’s fixed rate debt are based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for bank loans with similar terms 
and average maturities.

Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation

The Company's Canadian subsidiary, TRS-RenTelco Inc., a British Columbia corporation (“TRS-Canada”), functions as a branch 
sales office for TRS-RenTelco in Canada.  The functional currency for TRS-Canada is the U.S. dollar.  Foreign currency transaction 
gains and losses of TRS-Canada are reported in the results of operations in the period in which they occur.

The Company’s Indian subsidiary, TRS-RenTelco India Private Limited (“TRS-India”), functioned as a rental and sales office for 
TRS-RenTelco in India, which commenced its closure during 2017.  The functional currency for TRS-India is the Indian Rupee.  All 
assets and liabilities of TRS-India are translated into U.S. dollars at period-end exchange rates and all income statement amounts are 
translated at the average exchange rate for each month within the year.

Currently, the Company does not use derivative instruments to hedge its economic exposure with respect to assets, liabilities and 

firm commitments as the foreign currency transactions and risks to date have not been significant.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

Share-Based Compensation

The Company measures and recognizes the compensation expense for all share-based awards made to employees and directors, 
including stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) and restricted stock units (“RSUs”), based upon estimated fair values.  The 
fair value of stock options and SARs is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and for RSUs based 
upon the fair market value of the underlying shares of common stock as of the date of grant.  The Company recognizes share-based 
compensation  cost  ratably  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  requisite  service  period,  which  generally  equals  the  vesting  period.  For 
performance-based RSUs, compensation costs are recognized when vesting conditions are met.  In addition, the Company estimates the 
probable number of shares of common stock that will be earned and the corresponding compensation cost until the achievement of the 
performance goal is known.  The Company recognizes forfeitures based on actual forfeitures when they occur.  The Company records 
share-based compensation costs in “Selling and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  The Company 
recognizes a benefit from share-based compensation in the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity if an incremental tax benefit 
is realized.  Further information regarding share-based compensation can be found in “Note 8 –Benefit Plans”.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions in determining reported amounts of assets and liabilities, 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses 
during each period presented.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.  The most significant estimates included in the financial 
statements are the future cash flows and fair values used to determine the recoverability of the rental equipment and identifiable definite 
lived intangible assets carrying value, the various assets’ useful lives and residual values, and the allowance for doubtful accounts.

-70-

 
 
 
 
 
   
NOTE 2. NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In December 2019, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the 
Accounting for Income Taxes, expected to reduce cost and complexity related to the accounting for income taxes.  The ASU removes 
specific exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 in Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP).  It eliminates the need 
for an organization to analyze whether the following apply in a given period: exception to the incremental approach for intra-period tax 
allocation; exceptions to accounting for basis differences when there are ownership changes in foreign investments; and exception in 
interim period income tax accounting for year-to-date losses that exceed anticipated losses.  The ASU also improves financial statement 
preparers’  application  of  income  tax-related  guidance  and  simplifies  GAAP  for:  franchise  taxes  that  are  partially  based  on  income; 
transactions with a government that result in a step up in the tax basis of goodwill; separate financial statements of legal entities that are 
not subject to tax; and enacted changes in tax laws in interim periods.  For public business entities, this ASU is effective for fiscal years, 
and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020.  The Company does not expect the adoption of this 
ASU to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 3. IMPLEMENTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Effective January 1, 2020, the Company adopted ASU 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the 
Test for Goodwill Impairment, intended to simplify the subsequent accounting for goodwill acquired in a business combination.  Prior 
guidance required utilizing a two-step process to review goodwill for impairment.  A second step was required if there was an indication 
that an impairment may exist, and the second step required calculating the potential impairment by comparing implied fair value of the 
reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of the goodwill.  The new guidance eliminates the second step from the goodwill 
impairment test.  Under the new guidance, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the 
estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount.  An entity would recognize an impairment charge for the amount by 
which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit's estimated fair value.  The adoption of this new guidance did not have a material 
impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

The Company adopted ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326) effective January 1, 2020.  Under the 
new guidance, companies are required to present financial assets held at amortized cost and available for sale debt securities net of the 
amount  expected  to  be  collected.    The  new  guidance  requires  the  measurement  of  expected  credit  losses  to  be  based  on  relevant 
information from past events, including historical experiences, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect 
collectability.  The adoption of this new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial 
statements.

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

Trade accounts receivable 

The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on the Company’s assessment of the collectability of customer accounts receivable 
from operating lease and non-lease revenues.  The Company regularly reviews the allowance by considering factors such as historical 
payment experience and trends, the age of the accounts receivable balances, the Company’s operating segment, customer industry, credit 
quality and current economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay.  The Company recognized bad debt expense of $1.3 
million, $1.0 million and 0.6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.  The allowance for 
doubtful accounts was $2.1 million, $1.9 million and $1.9 million at December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Net investment in sales-type leases

The Company enters into sales-type leases with certain qualified customers to purchase its rental equipment, primarily at its TRS-
RenTelco operating segment.  Sales-type leases have terms that generally range from 12 to 36 months and are collateralized by a security 
interest in the underlying rental asset.  The net investment in sales-type leases was $1.8 million at December 31, 2020 and $2.9 million 
at December 31, 2019.  The Company’s assessment of current expected losses on these receivables was not material and no credit loss 
expense was provided as of December 31, 2020.  The Company regularly reviews the allowance by considering factors such as historical 
payment experience, the age of the lease receivable balances, credit quality and current economic conditions that may affect a customer's 
ability to pay.  Lease receivables are considered past due 90 days after invoice.  The Company manages the credit risk in net investment 
in sales-type leases, on an ongoing basis, using a number of factors, including, but not limited to the following:  historical payment 
history, credit score, size of operations, length of time in business, industry, historical profitability, historical cash flows, liquidity and 
past  due  amounts.    The  Company  uses  credit  scores  obtained  from  external  credit  bureaus  as  a  key  indicator  for  the  purposes  of 
determining credit quality of its new customers.  The Company does not own available for sale debt securities or other financial assets 
at December 31, 2020.

-71-

 
             
K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

NOTE 4. LEASES

Lessee

The Company leases real estate for certain of its branch offices and rental equipment storage yards, vehicles and equipment used 
in its rental operations.  The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception.  The Company has leases with lease and 
non-lease  components,  which  are  accounted  for  separately.    Right-Of-Use  (“ROU”)  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  on  the 
commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term.  Variable lease payments are excluded from the 
ROU assets and lease liabilities and are recognized in the period in which the obligation for those payments is incurred, which are not 
material.  The Company’s lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.  The 
Company uses the interest rate stated in the lease as the discount rate.  If the interest rate is not stated, the Company uses its incremental 
borrowing rate based on information available on lease commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments.  Many 
of the Company’s real estate lease agreements include options to extend the lease, which are not included in the minimum lease terms 
unless they are reasonably certain to be exercised.  These leases include one or more options to renew, with renewal terms that may 
extend the lease term from one to three years.  The amount of payments associated with such options is not material.  Short-term leases 
are leases having a term of twelve months or less and exclude leases with a lease term of one month or less.  The Company recognizes 
short-term leases on a straight-line basis and does not record a related ROU asset or liability for such leases.  At December 31, 2020 and 
2019 the Company’s ROU assets and operating lease liabilities was $8.3 million and $9.9 million, respectively, which are recorded in 
Prepaid expenses and other assets and Accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 During the year ended December 31, 2020, operating lease expense was $3.8 million, which includes short term lease expense of 
$0.1 million.  At December 31, 2020, the weighted-average remaining lease term for operating leases was 3.2 years and the weighted 
average discount rate was 3.95%.  The Company had no sub-lease income during the year ended December 31, 2020, and did not have 
any finance leases as of December 31, 2020.

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows:  

 (in thousands)

Year Ended December 31,
2019
2020

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
   Operating cash flows from operating leases ..............................................  $

3,683    $

3,568 

Right of use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:
   Operating leases .........................................................................................  $

1,885    $

2,728  

As of December 31, 2020, maturities of operating lease liabilities were as follows:

 (in thousands)
Year ended December 31,
2021 ...........................................................................................................................................   $
2022 ...........................................................................................................................................  
2023 ...........................................................................................................................................  
2024 ...........................................................................................................................................  
2025 ...........................................................................................................................................  
Thereafter ..................................................................................................................................  
   Total lease payments ..............................................................................................................  
Less imputed interest.................................................................................................................  

  $

Lessor

3,294 
2,372 
1,756 
1,066 
293 
— 
8,781 
(494)
8,287  

The Company’s equipment rentals for each of its operating segments are governed by agreements that detail the lease terms and 
conditions.    The  determination  of  whether  these  contracts  with  customers  contain  a  lease  generally  does  not  require  significant 
judgement.  The Company accounts for these rentals as operating leases.  These leases do not include material amounts of variable 
payments and the Company has made the accounting policy election to exclude all taxes assessed by a governmental authority.  The 
Company generally does not provide an option for the lessee to purchase the rented equipment at the end of the lease term, thus, does 
not generate material revenue from sales of equipment under such options.  Initial lease terms vary in length based upon customer needs 

-72-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
     
       
 
     
       
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and generally range from one to sixty months.  Customers have the option to keep equipment on rent beyond the initial lease term on a 
month-to month basis based upon their needs.  All of the Company’s rental products have long useful lives relative to the typical rental 
term with the original investment typically recovered in approximately three to five years.  The rental products are typically rented for 
a majority of the time owned and a significant portion of the original investment is recovered when sold from inventory.  The Company’s 
lease agreements do not contain residual value guarantees or restrictive covenants.

As of December 31, 2020, maturities of operating lease payments to be received in 2021 and thereafter were as follows:

 (in thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
2021 ...........................................................................................................................................   $
2022 ...........................................................................................................................................  
2023 ...........................................................................................................................................  
2024 ...........................................................................................................................................  
2025 ...........................................................................................................................................  
Thereafter ..................................................................................................................................  

  $

83,482 
24,208 
7,680 
2,741 
542 
10 
118,663  

In the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company’s lease revenues were $401.9 million, consisting of $399.5 of operating lease 
revenues and $2.4 million of finance lease revenues.  The Company has entered into finance leases to finance certain equipment sales 
to customers.  The lease agreements have a bargain purchase option at the end of the lease term.  For these leases, sales revenue and the 
related accounts receivable are recognized upon delivery and installation of the equipment and the unearned interest is recognized over 
the lease term on a basis, which results in a constant rate of return on the unrecovered lease investment.  For the year ended December 
31,  2020,  the  Company’s  finance  lease  revenues  included  $2.2  million  of  sales  revenues  and  $0.2  million  of  interest  income.    The 
minimum lease payments receivable and the net investment are included in Accounts receivable on the Company’s Consolidated Balance 
Sheet for such leases, which were as follows: 

 (in thousands)
Gross minimum lease payments receivable ..............................................................................   $
Less – unearned interest ............................................................................................................    
Net investment in finance lease receivables ..............................................................................   $

December 31, 2020

1,953 
(166)
1,787  

As of December 31, 2020, the future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable finance leases to be received in 2021 and 

thereafter were as follows:

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

 (in thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
2021 ...........................................................................................................................................   $
2022 ...........................................................................................................................................    
2023 ...........................................................................................................................................    
2024 ...........................................................................................................................................    
Thereafter ..................................................................................................................................    
Total minimum future lease payments to be received...............................................................   $

1,463 
267 
49 
8 
— 
1,787  

NOTE 5. REVENUE RECOGNITION

The Company’s accounting for revenues is governed by two accounting standards.  The majority of the Company’s revenues are 
considered lease or lease related and are accounted for in accordance with Topic 840, Leases.   Revenues determined to be non-lease 
related  are  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  ASU  No.  2014-09,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606),  which  was 
adopted by the Company on January 1, 2018.   The Company utilized the modified retrospective method of adoption and there was no 
impact on its condensed consolidated financial statements, nor was there a cumulative effect of initially applying the new standard.  The 
Company accounts for revenues when approval and commitment from both parties have been obtained, the rights of the parties are 
identified, payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial substance and collectability of consideration is probable.  The 
Company typically recognizes non-lease related revenues at a point in time because the customer does not simultaneously consume the 

-73-

     
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
benefits of the Company’s promised goods and services, or performance obligations, and obtain control when delivery and installation 
are complete.  For contracts that have multiple performance obligations, the transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation 
in the contract based on the Company’s best estimate of the standalone selling prices of each distinct performance obligation in the 
contract.    The  standalone  selling  price  is  typically  determined  based  upon  the  expected  cost  plus  an  estimated  margin  of  each 
performance obligation.  

The Company generally rents and sells to customers on 30 day payment terms.  The Company does not typically offer variable 
payment  terms,  or  accept  non-monetary  consideration.    Amounts  billed  and  due  from  the  Company’s  customers  are  classified  as 
Accounts receivable on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.  For certain sales of modular buildings, progress payments from the 
customer are received during the manufacturing of new equipment, or the preparation of used equipment.  The advance payments are 
not considered a significant financing component because the payments are used to meet working capital needs during the contract and 
to protect the Company from the customer failing to adequately complete their obligations under the contract.  These contract liabilities 
are included in Deferred income on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and totaled $11.3 million and $17.5 million at December 
31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  Sales revenues totaling $17.0 million were recognized during the year ended December 31, 2020, 
which were included in the contract liability balance at December 31, 2019.  For certain modular building sales, the customer retains a 
small portion of the contract price until full completion of the contract, which results in revenue earned in excess of billings.  These 
unbilled contract assets are included in Accounts receivable on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and totaled $1.4 million and 
$1.0 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

Lease Revenues

Rental revenues from operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease for all operating segments.  
Rental billings for periods extending beyond period end are recorded as deferred income and are recognized in the period earned.  Rental 
related services revenues are primarily associated with relocatable modular building and liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes 
leases.    For  modular  building  leases,  rental  related  services  revenues  for  modifications,  delivery,  installation,  dismantle  and  return 
delivery are lease related because the payments are considered minimum lease payments that are an integral part of the negotiated lease 
agreement  with  the  customer.    These  revenues  are  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  term  of  the  lease.  Certain  leases  are 
accounted for as sales-type leases.  For these leases, sales revenue and the related accounts receivable are recognized upon delivery and 
installation of the equipment and the unearned interest is recognized over the lease term on a basis which results in a constant rate of 
return on the unrecovered lease investment.  Other revenues include interest income on sales-type leases and rental income on facility 
leases.

Non-Lease Revenues

Non-lease revenues are recognized in the period when control of the performance obligation is transferred, in an amount that 
reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services.  For liquid and solid 
containment solutions, portable storage containers and electronic test equipment, rental related services revenues for delivery and return 
delivery are considered non-lease revenues.    

Sales  revenues  are  typically  recognized  at  a  point  in  time,  which  occurs  upon  the  completion  of  delivery,  installation  and 
acceptance of the equipment by the customer.  Accounting for non-lease revenues requires judgment in determining the point in time 
the customer gains control of the equipment and the appropriate accounting period to recognize revenue.

Sales taxes charged to customers are reported on a net basis and are excluded from revenues and expenses.

-74-

The  following  table  disaggregates  the  Company’s  revenues  by  lease  (within  the  scope  of  Topic  840)  and  non-lease  revenues 

(within the scope of Topic 606) and the underlying service provided for the three years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018: 

 (in thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
2020
Leasing.........................................................................   $ 235,003    $ 112,210    $
Non-lease:

RenTelco  

Mobile
Modular

TRS-

Rental related services............................................    
Sales........................................................................   
Other .......................................................................   
Total non-lease .......................................................    

2,618     
24,461     
1,522     
28,601     
Total revenues ...................................................   $ 321,524    $ 140,811    $

22,576     
63,863     
82     
86,521     

2019
Leasing.........................................................................   $ 234,032    $ 108,044    $
Non-lease:

Rental related services............................................    
Sales........................................................................   
Other .......................................................................   
Total non-lease .......................................................    

2,599     
18,995     
1,845     
23,439     
Total revenues ...................................................   $ 301,010    $ 131,483    $

18,964     
47,045     
969     
66,978     

Adler
Tanks

  Enviroplex  

  Consolidated  

54,710    $

—    $ 401,923 

21,320     
1,386     
66     
22,772     
77,482    $

46,514 
—     
122,447 
32,737     
1,670 
—     
32,737     
170,631 
32,737    $ 572,554 

68,917    $

—    $ 410,993 

27,634     
1,266     
106     
29,006     
97,923    $

49,197 
—     
107,120 
39,814     
2,920 
—     
39,814     
159,237 
39,814    $ 570,230 

2018
Leasing.........................................................................   $ 200,214    $
Non-lease:

94,345    $

70,653    $

—    $ 365,212 

Rental related services............................................    
Sales........................................................................   
Other .......................................................................   
Total non-lease .......................................................    

2,607     
19,895     
1,810     
24,312     
Total revenues ...................................................   $ 254,574    $ 118,657    $

14,870     
39,467     
23     
54,360     

24,276     
1,044     
80     
25,400     
96,053    $

41,753 
—     
89,452 
29,046     
1,913 
—     
29,046     
133,118 
29,046    $ 498,330  

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

Customer returns of rental equipment prior to the end of the rental contract term are typically billed a cancellation fee, which is 
recorded as rental revenue in the period billed.  Sales of new relocatable modular buildings, portable storage containers, electronic test 
equipment and related accessories and liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes not manufactured by the Company are typically 
covered by warranties provided by the manufacturer of the products sold.  The Company typically provides limited 90-day warranties 
for certain sales of used rental equipment and one-year warranties on equipment manufactured by Enviroplex.  Although the Company’s 
policy is to provide reserves for warranties when required for specific circumstances, the Company has not found it necessary to establish 
such reserves to date as warranty costs have not been significant.  

The  Company’s  incremental  cost  of  obtaining  lease  contracts,  which  consists  of  salesperson  commissions,  are  deferred  and 
amortized over the initial lease term for modular building leases.  Incremental costs for obtaining a contract for all other operating 
segments are expensed in the period incurred because the lease term is typically less than 12 months.

-75-

 
 
 
 
 
     
       
       
       
       
 
     
       
       
       
       
 
     
       
       
       
       
 
 
     
       
       
       
       
 
     
       
       
       
       
 
     
       
       
       
       
 
 
     
       
       
       
       
 
     
       
       
       
       
 
     
       
       
       
       
 
NOTE 6. NOTES PAYABLE

Notes payable consists of the following:

 (in thousands)

Unsecured revolving lines of credit .........................................................................   $
3.68% Series B senior notes due in 2021 ................................................................    
3.84% Series C senior notes due in 2022 ................................................................    

Unamortized debt issuance cost...............................................................................    
  $

December 31,

2020

2019

  $

122,771 
40,000 
60,000 
222,771 

(17)    
  $

222,754 

193,459 
40,000 
60,000 
293,459 
(28)
293,431  

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

As of December 31, 2020, the future minimum payments under the unsecured revolving lines of credit, 3.68% Series B senior notes 
due in 2021 and 3.84% Series C senior notes due in 2022 are as follows:

 (in thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
2021 ...................................................................................................................................................   $
2022 ...................................................................................................................................................    
2023 ...................................................................................................................................................    
2024 ...................................................................................................................................................    
2025 ...................................................................................................................................................    
  $

40,000 
60,000 
— 
— 
122,771 
222,771  

Unsecured Revolving Lines of Credit

On  March  31,  2020,  the  Company  entered  into  an  amended  and  restated  credit  agreement  with  Bank  of  America,  N.A.,  as 
Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, L/C Issuer and lender, and other lenders named therein (the “Credit Facility”). The Credit 
Facility provides for a $420.0 million unsecured revolving credit facility (which may be further increased to $670.0 million by adding 
one or more tranches of term loans and/or increasing the aggregate revolving commitments), which includes a $25.0 million sublimit 
for the issuance of standby letters of credit and a $10.0 million sublimit for swingline loans. The proceeds of the Credit Facility are 
available to be used for general corporate purposes, including permitted acquisitions. The Credit Facility permits the Company’s existing 
indebtedness to remain, which includes the Company’s $12.0 million Treasury Sweep Note due March 31, 2025, the Company’s existing 
senior notes issued pursuant to the Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement with Prudential Investment Management, Inc., dated as 
of April 21, 2011 (as amended, the “the Prior NPA”): (i) the $40.0 million aggregate outstanding principal of notes issued March 17, 
2014 and due March 17, 2021, and (ii) the $60.0 million aggregate outstanding principal of notes issued November 5, 2015 and due 
November 5, 2022. In addition, the Company may incur additional senior note indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250.0 
million. The Credit Facility matures on March 31, 2025 and replaced the Company’s prior $420.0 million credit facility dated March 
31, 2016 with Bank of America, N.A., as agent, as amended. All obligations outstanding under the prior credit facility as of the date of 
the Credit Facility were refinanced by the Credit Facility on March 31, 2020.

On March 31, 2020, the Company entered into an amended and restated Credit Facility Letter Agreement and a Credit Line Note 
in favor of MUFG Union Bank, N.A., which provides for a $12.0 million line of credit facility related to its cash management services 
(“Sweep Service Facility”).  The Sweep Service Facility matures on the earlier of March 31, 2025, or the date the Company ceases to 
utilize MUFG Union Bank, N.A. for its cash management services.  The Sweep Service Facility replaced the Company’s prior $12.0 
million sweep service facility, dated as of March 31, 2016.

At December 31, 2020, under the Credit Facility and Sweep Service Facility, the Company had unsecured lines of credit that 
permit it to borrow up to $432.0 million of which $122.8 million was outstanding.  The Amended Credit Facility contains financial 
covenants requiring the Company to not (all defined terms used below not otherwise defined herein have the meaning assigned to such 
terms in the Amended Credit Facility):

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of EBITDA to fixed charges as of the end of any fiscal quarter to be 
less than 2.50 to 1.  At December 31, 2020, the actual ratio was 4.34 to 1.

Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of funded debt to EBITDA at any time during any period of four consecutive fiscal 
quarters to be greater than 2.75 to 1.  At December 31, 2020, the actual ratio was 0.92 to 1.

-76-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
  
   
  
 
 
Amounts borrowed under the Credit Facility bear interest at the Company’s option at either:  (i) LIBOR plus a defined margin, or 
(ii) the Agent bank’s prime rate (“base rate”) plus a margin.  The applicable margin for each type of loan is measured based upon the 
Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the end of the prior fiscal quarter and ranges from 1.00% to 1.75% for LIBOR loans and 0% to 0.75% 
for base rate loans.  In addition, the Company pays an unused commitment fee for the portion of the $420.0 million credit facility that 
is not used.  These fees are based upon the Consolidated Leverage Ratio and range from 0.15% to 0.30%.  As of December 31, 2020 
and 2019, the applicable margins were 1.25% for LIBOR based loans, 0.25% for base rate loans and 0.20% for unused fees.  Amounts 
borrowed under the Sweep Service Facility are based upon the MUFG Union Bank, N.A. base rate plus an applicable margin and an 
unused commitment fee for the portion of the $12.0 million facility not used.  The applicable base rate margin and unused commitment 
fee rates for the Sweep Service Facility are the same as for the Amended Credit Facility.  The following information relates to the lines 
of credit for each of the following periods:

(dollar amounts in thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

2020

2019

Maximum amount outstanding ...............................................................................  $
Average amount outstanding ..................................................................................  $
Weighted average interest rate, during the period ..................................................   
Prime interest rate, end of period ............................................................................   

199,471 
170,075 

 $
 $
2.11%   
3.25%   

219,635 
201,195 

3.59%
4.75%

Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement

On March 31, 2020, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement (the “Note 
Purchase Agreement”) with PGIM, Inc. (“PGIM”) and the holders of Series B and Series C Notes previously issued pursuant to the 
Prior NPA, among the Company and the other parties to the Note Purchase Agreement.  The Note Purchase Agreement amended and 
restated, and superseded in its entirety, the Prior NPA.  Pursuant to the Prior NPA, the Company issued (i) $40.0 million aggregate 
principal amount of its 3.68% Series B Senior Notes due March 17, 2021, and (ii) $60.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 3.84% 
Series C Senior Notes due November 5, 2022, to which the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement shall apply.  

In addition, pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, the Company may authorize the issuance and sale of additional senior notes 
(the “Shelf Notes”) in the aggregate principal amount of (x) $250 million minus (y) the amount of other notes (such as the Series B 
Senior Notes and Series C Senior Notes, each defined below) then outstanding, to be dated the date of issuance thereof, to mature, in 
case of each Shelf Note so issued, no more than 15 years after the date of original issuance thereof, to have an average life, in the case 
of each Shelf Note so issued, of no more than 15 years after the date of original issuance thereof, to bear interest on the unpaid balance 
thereof from the date thereof at the rate per annum, and to have such other particular terms, as shall be set forth, in the case of each Shelf 
Note so issued, in accordance with the Note Purchase Agreement.  Shelf Notes may be issued and sold from time to time at the discretion 
of the Company’s Board of Directors and in such amounts as the Board of Directors may determine, subject to prospective purchasers’ 
agreement to purchase the Shelf Notes. The Company will sell the Shelf Notes directly to such purchasers.  The full net proceeds of 
each Shelf Note will be used in the manner described in the applicable Request for Purchase with respect to such Shelf Note.

On  October  1,  2020,  the  Company  entered  into  a  rate  lock  agreement  with  Prudential  Private  Capital,  pursuant  to  which,  the 
Company agreed to a fixed interest rate of 2.57% for future issuance, if any, of senior unsecured notes in the aggregate amount of $40.0 
million with a 7-year maturity.  If issued, the funding for such notes would occur on or before March 17, 2021 and would be subject to 
the terms and conditions of the Note Purchase Agreement. 

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

3.68% Senior Notes Due in 2021 

On March 17, 2014, the Company issued and sold to the purchaser a $40.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 3.68% Series 
B Senior Notes (the “Series B Senior Notes”) pursuant to the terms of the Prior NPA.  The Series B Senior Notes are an unsecured 
obligation of the Company and bear interest at a rate of 3.68% per annum and mature on March 17, 2021.  Interest on the Series B Senior 
Notes is payable semi-annually beginning on September 17, 2014 and continuing thereafter on March 17 and September 17 of each year 
until maturity.  The full net proceeds from the Series B Senior Notes were used for working capital and other general corporate purposes.  
At December 31, 2020, the principal balance outstanding under the Series B Senior Notes was $40.0 million.

3.84% Senior Notes Due in 2022  

On November 5, 2015, the Company issued and sold to the purchaser a $60.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 3.84% 
Series C Senior Notes (the “Series C Senior Notes”) pursuant to the terms of the Prior NPA.  The Series C Senior Notes are an unsecured 
obligation of the Company and bear interest at a rate of 3.84% per annum and mature on November 5, 2022.  Interest on the Series C 
Senior Notes is payable semi-annually beginning on May 5, 2016 and continuing thereafter on November 5 and May 5 of each year 
until maturity.  The principal balance is due when the notes mature on November 5, 2022. The full net proceeds from the Series C Senior 

-77-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes were used to reduce the outstanding balance on the Company’s revolving credit line. At December 31, 2020, the principal balance 
outstanding under the Series C Senior Notes was $60.0 million.

 Among other restrictions, the Note Purchase Agreement, under which the Series A Senior Notes, Series B Senior Notes and Series 
C  Senior  Notes  were  sold,  contains  financial  covenants  requiring  the  Company  to  not  (all  defined  terms  used  below  not  otherwise 
defined herein have the meaning assigned to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement):

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of EBITDA to fixed charges as of the end of any fiscal quarter to be 
less than 2.50 to 1.  At December 31, 2020, the actual ratio was 4.34 to 1.

Permit  the  Consolidated  Leverage  Ratio  of  funded  debt  to  EBITDA  at  any  time  during  any  period  of  four  consecutive 
quarters to be greater than 2.75 to 1.  At December 31, 2020, the actual ratio was 0.92 to 1. 

 At December 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with each of the aforementioned covenants.  There are no anticipated 
trends that the Company is aware of that would indicate non-compliance with these covenants, though, significant deterioration in the 
Company’s financial performance could impact its ability to comply with these covenants.

NOTE 7. INCOME TAXES

Income before provision (benefit) for income taxes consisted of the following:

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

 (in thousands)

U.S.........................................................................................................   $
Foreign ..................................................................................................    
  $

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consisted of the following:

2020
131,898    $
146     
132,044    $

Year Ended December 31,
2019
129,045    $
80     
129,125    $

2018
104,881 
(186)
104,695  

 (in thousands)

Current:

U.S. Federal .....................................................................................   $
State .................................................................................................    
Foreign.............................................................................................    

Deferred:

U.S. Federal .....................................................................................    
State .................................................................................................    
Foreign.............................................................................................    

Total ......................................................................................................   $

2020

Year Ended December 31,
2019

2018

23,975    $
6,545     
1,733     
32,253     

(755)    
(1,424)    
(14)    
(2,193)    
30,060    $

11,744    $
7,353     
1,616     
20,713     

10,719     
895     
(8)    
11,606     
32,319    $

7,270 
4,253 
1,731 
13,254 

10,355 
1,637 
43 
12,035 
25,289  

The reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:

U.S. federal statutory rate .....................................................................   
State taxes, net of federal benefit..........................................................   
State deferred tax apportionment change, net of federal benefit ..........   
Valuation allowance .............................................................................   
Share-based compensation....................................................................   
Enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act..............................................   
Other .....................................................................................................   

2020

Year Ended December 31,
2019

2018

21.0%   
4.7 
(1.6)
0.0 
(1.4)
(0.3)
0.4 
22.8%   

21.0%   
5.0 
0.1 
0.0 
(1.6)
(0.1)
0.6 
25.0%   

21.0%
5.0 
0.7 
(0.5)
(1.9)
(0.1)
0.0 
24.2%

-78-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
   
      
      
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
The following table shows the deferred income taxes related to the temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and 

liabilities and the respective amounts included in “Deferred income taxes, net” on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets:

 (in thousands)

Deferred tax liabilities:

December 31,

2020

2019

Accelerated depreciation ....................................................................................   $
Prepaid costs currently deductible......................................................................    
Other...................................................................................................................    
Total deferred tax liabilities..........................................................................    

  $

217,125 
5,039 
5,970 
228,134 

Deferred tax assets:

Accrued costs not yet deductible........................................................................    
Allowance for doubtful accounts .......................................................................    
Deferred revenues ..............................................................................................    
Share-based compensation .................................................................................    

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance of $0.2 million in 
2020 and 2019...............................................................................................  

9,200 
536 
— 
2,321 
12,057 

221,627 
5,668 
5,011 
232,306 

8,860 
486 
2,512 
2,178 
14,036 

Deferred income taxes, net ......................................................................................   $

216,077 

  $

218,270  

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) was enacted in December 2017.  Among other provisions, the Tax Act reduced the 
U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% in 2018, required companies to pay a one-time transition tax on earnings of certain 
foreign subsidiaries that were previously tax deferred and created new taxes on certain foreign-source earnings.  As of December 31, 
2019, the Company completed its accounting for the tax effects of enactment of the Tax Act without any material adjustments to its 
previous estimates.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company did not have a deferred tax liability related to its foreign earnings because it did not have 
any specific plans to repatriate funds from its international subsidiaries.  The Company may do so in the future if a dividend can be 
remitted with no material tax impact.

In December 2016, the Company decided to exit the Bangalore, India branch operations of its TRS-RenTelco electronics division.  
The wind down of operations in India began in 2017.  As a result, a valuation allowance was recorded against the deferred tax assets 
that resulted primarily from accumulated net operating loss carry forwards in India that management estimated the benefit of which will 
not be realized.  As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s foreign net operating losses for tax purposes were $0.6 million.  If not 
realized, these carry forwards will begin to expire in 2023.

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

For income tax purposes, deductible compensation related to share-based awards is based on the value of the award when realized, 
which may be different than the compensation expense recognized by the company for financial statement purposes which is based on 
the award value on the date of grant.  The difference between the value of the award upon grant, and the value of the award when 
ultimately  realized,  creates  either  additional  tax  expense  or  benefit.    In  2020,  2019  and  2018  exercise  of  share-based  awards  by 
employees resulted in an excess tax benefit of $1.9 million, $2.1 million and $2.0 million, respectively.  

The Company recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority 
would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit.  For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the 
amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon 
ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority.  The Company evaluated all of its tax positions for which the statute of limitations 
remained open and determined there were no material unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.  In addition, there 
have been no material changes in unrecognized benefits during 2020, 2019 and 2018.

The  Company  is  subject  to  income  taxes  in  the  U.S.  federal  jurisdiction,  and  various  states  and  foreign  jurisdictions.    Tax 
regulations within each jurisdiction are subject to interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations and require the application of 
significant judgment.  With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax 
examinations by tax authorities for the years before 2016.

Our  income  tax  returns  are  subject  to  examination  by  federal,  state  and  foreign  tax  authorities.    There  may  be  differing 
interpretations of tax laws and regulations, and as a result, disputes may arise with these tax authorities involving the timing and amount 
of deductions and allocation of income.

-79-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision (benefit) for income taxes in 
the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income for all periods presented.  Such interest and penalties were not significant for the 
years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

NOTE 8. BENEFIT PLANS

Stock Plans

The Company adopted the 2016 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”), effective June 8, 2016, under which 2,000,000 shares of 
the common stock of the Company, plus the number of shares that remain available for grants of awards under the Company's 2007 
Stock Option Plan (the “2007 Plan”) and become available as a result of forfeiture, termination, or expiration of awards previously 
granted under the 2007 Plan, were reserved for the grant of equity awards to its employees, directors and consultants.  The equity awards 
have a maximum term of 7 years at an exercise price of not less than 100% of the fair market value of the Company's common stock on 
the date the equity award is granted.  The 2016 Plan replaced the 2007 Plan.

The  2016  Plan  provides  for  the  grant  of  awards  in  the  form  of  stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights,  restricted  stock  units 
(“RSUs”), the vesting of which may be performance-based or service-based, and other rights and benefits.  Each RSU issued reduces 
the  number  of  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  available  for  grant  under  the  2016  Plan  by  two  shares.    There  were  no 
modifications to the 2016 Plan and no awards classified as liabilities in the year ended December 31, 2020.

For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the share-based compensation expense was $5.5 million, $5.9 million 
and $4.1 million, respectively, before provision for income taxes. The Company recorded a tax benefit of approximately $1.5 million, 
$1.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively, related to the aforementioned share-based compensation expenses.  There was no capitalized 
share-based compensation expense in the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.  

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

Stock Options

As of December 31, 2020, a cumulative total of 9,118,500 shares subject to options have been granted with exercise prices ranging 
from $3.47 to $40.37.  Of these, options have been exercised for the purchase of 6,378,218 shares, while options for 1,670,972 shares 
have been terminated, and options for 409,410 shares with exercise prices ranging from $24.60 to $40.37 remained outstanding under 
the stock plans.  These options vest over five years and expire seven years after grant.  To date, no options have been issued to any of 
the Company’s non-employee advisors.  As of December 31, 2020, 1,548,908 shares remained available for issuance of awards under 
the stock plans.

A summary of the Company’s option activity and related information for the three years ended December 31, 2020 is as follows:

Number of
options

Weighted-
average
price

Weighted-
average
remaining
contractual
term
(in years)

Aggregate
intrinsic
value
(in millions)

Balance at December 31, 2017................................................    1,208,860   $
—    
(332,810)   
(30,450)   
845,600    
—    
(260,860)   
(4,600)   
580,140    
—    
(163,670)   
(7,060)   
409,410   $
309,695   $
97,645   $

Options granted ..................................................................   
Options exercised...............................................................   
Options cancelled/forfeited/expired...................................   
Balance at December 31, 2018................................................   
Options granted ..................................................................   
Options exercised...............................................................   
Options cancelled/forfeited/expired...................................   
Balance at December 31, 2019................................................   
Options granted ..................................................................   
Options exercised...............................................................   
Options cancelled/forfeited/expired...................................   
Balance at December 31, 2020................................................   
Exercisable at December 31, 2020 ..........................................   
Expected to vest after December 31, 2020..............................   

28.14    
—    
29.49    
28.27    
28.14    
—    
29.55    
30.59    
29.57    
—    
30.22    
28.95    
29.33    
28.45    
32.05    

2.52   $
2.40   $
2.95   $

15.5 
12.0 
3.4  

-80-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
The intrinsic value of stock options at any point in time is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying 
awards and the quoted price of the Company’s common stock.  The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised and sold under the 
Company’s stock option plans was $11.9 million, $9.1 million and $9.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, 
respectively, determined as of the date of option exercise.  As of December 31, 2020, there was approximately $0.5 million of total 
unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested share-based compensation option arrangements granted under the Company’s stock 
plans, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of less than one year.

The  following  table  indicates  the  options  outstanding  and  options  exercisable  by  exercise  price  with  the  weighted-average 

remaining contractual life for the options outstanding and the weighted-average exercise price at December 31, 2020:

Exercise price
$20 – 25 .....................................................................   
$25 – 30 .....................................................................   
$30 – 35 .....................................................................   
$35 – 40 .....................................................................   
$40 – 45 .....................................................................   
$20 – 45 .....................................................................   

Options Exercisable

Options Outstanding
Weighted-
average
remaining 
contractual 
life
(Years)

Number 
outstanding at 
December 31, 
2020
206,125    
2,840    
190,585    
6,800    
3,060    
409,410    

Weighted-
average grant 
date value  

Number 
exercisable at 
December 31, 
2020

2.17   $
2.15   $
2.88   $
3.00   $
3.67   $
2.52   $

24.60     181,480   $
25.12    
2,290   $
33.97     119,805   $
39.19    
5,440   $
680   $
40.37    
29.33     309,695   $

Weighted-
average grant 
date value  
24.60 
25.13 
33.79 
39.19 
40.37 
28.45  

The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of share-based compensation at the date 
of grant, which requires the use of accounting judgment and financial estimates, including estimates of the expected term option holders 
will retain their vested stock options before exercising them, the estimated volatility of the Company’s stock price over the expected 
term and the expected number of options that will be forfeited prior to the completion of their vesting requirements.  Application of 
alternative  assumptions  could  produce  significantly  different  estimates  of  the  fair  value  of  share-based  compensation  amounts 
recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income. 

No options were granted in 2020, 2019 and 2018.   

Restricted Stock Units

The  following  table  summarizes  the  activity  of  the  Company’s  RSUs,  which  includes  service-based  and  performance-based 

awards, for the three years ended December 31, 2020:

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

  Weighted-

average
grant date
fair value

Aggregate
intrinsic
value
(in millions)

Number
of shares

Balance at December 31, 2017..............................................................    
RSUs granted ...................................................................................    
RSUs vested .....................................................................................    
RSUs cancelled/forfeited/expired ....................................................    
Balance at December 31, 2018..............................................................    
RSUs granted ...................................................................................    
RSUs vested .....................................................................................    
RSUs cancelled/forfeited/expired ....................................................    
Balance at December 31, 2019..............................................................    
RSUs granted ...................................................................................    
RSUs vested .....................................................................................    
RSUs cancelled/forfeited/expired ....................................................    
Balance at December 31, 2020..............................................................    

  $

93,664 
97,260 
(30,214)    
(21,200)    
139,510 
83,440 
(25,862)    
(840)    

196,248 
126,540 
(89,225)    
(7,593)    
  $

225,970 

33.62 
49.47 
33.16 
33.88 
44.73 
59.98 
48.31 
59.84 
50.68 
50.99 
43.42 
57.93 
57.06 

  $

15.2  

Performance-based RSUs issued prior to 2018 vest over five years, with 60% of the shares immediately vesting after three years 
when the performance criteria has been determined to have been met and 20% of the remaining shares vesting annually at the anniversary 
of the performance determination date, subject to continuous employment of the participant.  The 2018, 2019 and 2020 performance-

-81-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
based RSU grants vest after three years with 100% of the shares vesting immediately when performance criteria has been determined to 
have been met.  There were 184,091 performance-based RSUs expected to vest as of December 31, 2020.  Service based RSUs issued 
to the Company’s directors generally vest over twelve to fourteen months. Service based RSUs issued to the Company’s management 
vest over three years.  There were 93,040 service-based RSUs expected to vest as of December 31, 2020.  No forfeitures are currently 
expected.  The total fair value of RSUs that vested during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 based on the weighted 
average grant date values was $3.9 million, $1.2 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

Share-based compensation expense for RSUs for the year ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $4.6 million, $4.7 million 
and $2.6, respectively.  As of December 31, 2020, the total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested RSUs was $7.0 
million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.6 years.

Employee Stock Ownership and 401(k) Plans

The McGrath RentCorp Employee Stock Ownership and 401(k) Plan (the “KSOP”) provides that each participant may annually 
contribute an elected percentage of his or her salary, not to exceed the statutory limit.  Each employee who has at least three months of 
service with the Company and is 21 years or older, is eligible to participate in the KSOP.  The Company, at its discretion, may make 
matching contributions.  Contributions are expensed in the year approved by the Board of Directors.  Dividends on the Company’s stock 
held by the KSOP are treated as ordinary dividends and, in accordance with existing tax laws, are deducted by the Company in the year 
paid.  For the year ended December 31, 2020 dividends deducted by the Company were $0.4 million, which resulted in a tax benefit of 
approximately $0.1 million in 2020.

At December 31, 2020, the KSOP held 240,187 shares, or 1% of the Company’s total common shares outstanding.  These shares 

are included in basic and diluted earnings per share calculations.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

NOTE 9. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The  Company  has  in  the  past  made  purchases  of  shares  of  its  common  stock  from  time  to  time  in  over-the-counter  market 
(NASDAQ) transactions, through privately negotiated, large block transactions and through a share repurchase plan, in accordance with 
Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  In August 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to 
repurchase 2,000,000 shares of the Company's outstanding common stock (the “Repurchase Plan”).  The amount and time of the specific 
repurchases  are  subject  to  prevailing  market  conditions,  applicable  legal  requirements  and  other  factors,  including  management’s 
discretion.  All shares repurchased by the Company are canceled and returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares of common 
stock.  There can be no assurance that any authorized shares will be repurchased and the repurchase program may be modified, extended 
or terminated by the Board of Directors at any time.  There were 282,221 shares of common stock repurchased during the twelve months 
ended December 31, 2020 for the aggregate purchase price of $13.6 million or an average price of $48.25 per repurchased share.  There 
were no repurchases of common stock during the twelve months ended December 31, 2019.  As of December 31, 2020, 1,309,805 shares 
remain authorized for repurchase under the Repurchase Plan.

NOTE 10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company leases certain facilities under various operating leases.  Most of the lease agreements provide the Company with 
the option of renewing its lease at the end of the lease term, at the fair rental value.  In most cases, management expects that in the 
normal course of business, facility leases will be renewed or replaced by other leases.  Minimum payments under these leases, exclusive 
of property taxes and insurance, are as follows:

 (in thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
2021 ...................................................................................................................................................   $
2022 ...................................................................................................................................................    
2023 ...................................................................................................................................................    
2024 ...................................................................................................................................................    
2025 ...................................................................................................................................................    
Thereafter ..........................................................................................................................................    
  $

2,334 
1,718 
1,356 
1,005 
293 
— 
6,706  

Facility rent expense was $3.7 million in 2020, $3.9 million in 2019 and $3.5 million in 2018.

-82-

 
   
  
   
  
 
The Company is involved in various lawsuits and routine claims arising out of the normal course of its business. The Company 
maintains insurance coverage for its operations and employees with appropriate aggregate, per occurrence and deductible limits as the 
Company reasonably determines necessary or prudent with current operations and historical experience.  The major policies include 
coverage  for  property,  general  liability,  auto,  directors  and  officers,  health,  and  workers’  compensation  insurances.    The  Company 
records  a  provision  for  a  liability  when  it  believes  that  it  is  both  probable  that  a  liability  has  been  incurred  and  the  amount  can  be 
reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount. The Company reviews 
these provisions at least quarterly and adjusts these provisions to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal 
counsel, and updated information.  Litigation is inherently unpredictable and is subject to significant uncertainties, some of which are 
beyond the Company’s control.  In the opinion of management, there was not at least a reasonable possibility that the ultimate amount 
of liability not covered by insurance, if any, under any pending litigation and claims, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material 
adverse effect on the financial position or operating results of the Company.

The  Company’s  health  plans  are  self-funded  high  deductible  plans  with  annual  stop-loss  insurance  of  $200,000  per  claim.  
Beginning in 2019, the Company’s workers compensation insurance is underwritten by an insurance company with no stop-loss value 
and $350,000 for prior claim years.  Insurance providers are responsible for making claim payments that exceed these amounts on an 
individual claim basis.  In addition, the Company has stop loss insurance that pays for claim payments made during a twelve month 
coverage period that exceeds certain specified thresholds in the aggregate.  The Company records an expense when health and workers 
compensation claim payments are made and accrues for the portion of claims incurred, but not yet paid at period end.  The Company 
makes these accruals based upon a combination of historical claim payments, loss development experience and actuarial estimates.  A 
high degree of judgment is required in developing the underlying assumptions and the resulting amounts to be accrued.  In addition, our 
assumptions will change as the Company’s loss experience develops.  All of these factors have the potential for impacting the amounts 
previously accrued and the Company may be required to increase or decrease the amounts previously accrued.  At December 31, 2020 
and 2019, accruals for the Company’s health and workers’ compensation high deductible plans were $2.2 million and $2.8 million, 
respectively.

NOTE 11. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets consist of the following:

 (dollar amounts in thousands)
Trade name ........................................................................................... 
Customer relationships .........................................................................   
Non-compete agreements .....................................................................   

Less accumulated amortization.............................................................   

Estimated
useful life
in years
Indefinite
11
5

December 31, 
2020

December 31,
2019

    $

     $

5,871    $
10,644     
157     
16,672     
(9,554)    
7,118    $

5,871 
10,644 
157 
16,672 
(9,338)
7,334 

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over their respective useful lives.  Amortization expense in the years ended 
December 31, 2020,  2019  and  2018  was  $0.2  million,  $0.9  million  and  $0.9  million,  respectively.    Based  on  the  carrying  values  at 
December 31, 2020 and assuming no subsequent impairment of the underlying assets, the annual amortization is expected to be $0.2 
million in 2021 and $0.2 million in 2022 through 2026.

NOTE 12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

There were no related party transactions in the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, or amounts owed to related parties at 

such dates.

-83-

 
 
   
   
 
     
     
 
   
      
      
 
   
 
     
       
       
 
 
NOTE 13. SEGMENT REPORTING

FASB guidelines establish annual and interim reporting standards for an enterprise’s operating segments and related disclosures 
about its products, services, geographic areas and major customers.  In accordance with these guidelines the Company’s four reportable 
segments are Mobile Modular, TRS-RenTelco, Adler Tanks and Enviroplex. Management focuses on several key measures to evaluate 
and assess each segment’s performance including rental revenue growth, gross margin, and income before provision for income taxes.    
Excluding interest expense, allocations of revenue and expense not directly associated with one of these segments are generally allocated 
to Mobile Modular, TRS-RenTelco and Adler Tanks, based on their pro-rata share of direct revenues.  Interest expense is allocated 
amongst Mobile Modular, TRS-RenTelco and Adler Tanks based on their pro-rata share of average rental equipment at cost, goodwill, 
intangible assets, accounts receivable, deferred income and customer security deposits.  The Company does not report total assets by 
business  segment.    Summarized  financial  information  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020,  2019  and  2018,  for  the  Company’s 
reportable segments is shown in the following tables:

Mobile
Modular  

 (dollar amounts in thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
2020
Rental revenues......................................................................  $ 188,719 
67,527 
Rental related services revenues ............................................   
65,278 
Sales and other revenues........................................................   
321,524 
Total revenues........................................................................   
22,967 
Depreciation of rental equipment ..........................................   
155,874 
Gross profit ............................................................................   
68,470 
Selling and administrative expenses ......................................   
87,404 
Income from operations .........................................................   
5,104 
Interest expense (income) allocation .....................................   
82,300 
Income before provision for income taxes.............................   
39,078 
Rental equipment acquisitions ...............................................   
81,640 
Accounts receivable, net (period end) ...................................   
882,115 
Rental equipment, at cost (period end) ..................................   
611,590 
Rental equipment, net book value (period end) .....................   
Utilization (period end) 2..................................................   
Average utilization 2 ........................................................   

TRS-
RenTelco  

Adler
Tanks

 Enviroplex 1   Consolidated  

  $

  $

  $ 109,083 
3,080 
28,648 
140,811 
46,472 
60,864 
24,306 
36,558 
2,133 
34,503 
42,588 
22,735 
333,020 
156,536 

53,988 
21,786 
1,708 
77,482 
16,427 
34,079 
24,764 
9,315 
2,107 
7,208 
2,541 
13,655 
315,706 
169,990 

—    $
—     
32,737     
32,737     
—     
12,929     
5,453     
7,476     
(557)   
8,033     
—     
5,286     

351,790 
92,393 
128,371 
572,554 
85,866 
263,746 
122,993 
140,753 
8,787 
132,044 
84,207 
123,316 
—      1,530,841 
938,116 
—     

76.0%   
77.2%   

67.4%   
66.2%   

39.8%   
44.6%   

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

-84-

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
      
  
      
  
Mobile
Modular  

Segment Data (Continued)
(dollar amounts in thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
2019
Rental revenues ............................................................  $ 182,316 
69,395 
Rental related services revenues ..................................   
Sales and other revenues ..............................................   
49,299 
Total revenues ..............................................................    301,010 
22,071 
Depreciation of rental equipment.................................   
Gross profit ..................................................................    143,618 
65,699 
Selling and administrative expenses ............................   
77,919 
Income from operations ...............................................   
7,946 
Interest expense (income) allocation............................   
69,973 
Income before benefit for income taxes.......................   
75,433 
Rental equipment acquisitions .....................................   
Accounts receivable, net (period end)..........................   
83,182 
Rental equipment, at cost (period end) ........................    868,807 
Rental equipment, net book value (period end) ...........    610,048 
Utilization (period end) 2..............................................   
Average utilization 2.....................................................   

2018
Rental revenues ............................................................  $ 159,136 
54,696 
Rental related services revenues ..................................   
Sales and other revenues ..............................................   
40,742 
Total revenues ..............................................................    254,574 
21,200 
Depreciation of rental equipment.................................   
Gross profit ..................................................................    120,750 
58,017 
Selling and administrative expenses ............................   
62,733 
Income from operations ...............................................   
7,132 
Interest expense (income) allocation............................   
55,601 
Income before benefit for income taxes.......................   
63,374 
Rental equipment acquisitions .....................................   
Accounts receivable, net (period end)..........................   
72,295 
Rental equipment, at cost (period end) ........................    817,375 
Rental equipment, net book value (period end) ...........    572,032 
Utilization (period end) 2..............................................   
Average utilization 2.....................................................   

TRS-
RenTelco  

Adler
Tanks

 Enviroplex 1    Consolidated  

 $

 $ 103,704 
3,260 
24,519 
   131,483 
41,948 
60,748 
24,645 
36,103 
1,970 
34,217 
89,759 
23,788 
   335,343 
   172,413 

 $ 67,869 
28,383 
1,671 
97,923 
16,372 
47,014 
29,321 
17,693 
3,436 
14,257 
4,826 
17,281 
   316,261 
   185,039 

—   $ 353,889 
101,038 
—    
115,303 
39,814    
570,230 
39,814    
80,391 
—    
266,165 
14,785    
124,793 
5,128    
141,372 
9,657    
12,331 
(1,021)   
129,125 
10,678    
170,018 
—    
128,099 
3,848    
—     1,520,411 
967,500 
—    

79.1%   
79.2%   

64.5%   
66.2%   

48.4%   
54.7%   

 $

 $ 89,937 
3,300 
25,420 
   118,657 
36,011 
54,773 
22,823 
31,950 
2,696 
28,765 
65,467 
20,732 
   285,052 
   131,450 

 $ 69,701 
24,911 
1,441 
96,053 
15,928 
48,055 
30,026 
18,029 
3,252 
14,777 
5,257 
19,992 
   313,573 
   197,533 

—   $ 318,774 
82,907 
—    
96,649 
29,046    
498,330 
29,046    
73,139 
—    
233,251 
9,673    
115,770 
4,904    
117,481 
4,769    
12,297 
(783)   
104,695 
5,552    
134,098 
—    
121,016 
7,997    
—     1,416,000 
901,015 
—    

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

79.3%   
78.2%   

62.1%   
62.7%   

56.4%   
59.9%   

Gross Enviroplex sales revenues were $34,014, $39,814 and $30,407 in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.  There were $1,277 and $1,361 inter-

1
segment sales to Mobile Modular in 2020 and 2018, which have been eliminated in consolidation.  There were no inter-segment sales in 2019. 
2
inventory and accessory equipment.  The average utilization for the period is calculated using the average costs of rental equipment.

Utilization is calculated each month by dividing the cost of rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment 

No single customer accounted for more than 10% of total revenues during 2020, 2019 and 2018.  Revenue from foreign country 

customers accounted for 4%, 5% and 4% of the Company’s revenues for the same periods, respectively.

-85-

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
     
  
     
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
     
  
     
  
NOTE 14. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (unaudited)

Quarterly financial information for each of the two years ended December 31, 2020 is summarized below:

 (in thousands, except per share amounts)

Operations Data

Rental revenues.......................................................  $
Total revenues.........................................................   
Gross profit .............................................................   
Income from operations..........................................   
Income before provision for income taxes .............   
Net income..............................................................   
Earnings per share:

Basic ..................................................................  $
Diluted...............................................................  $
Dividends declared per share..................................  $
Shares used in per share calculations:

First

Second

2020
Third

Fourth

Year

89,506   $
129,453    
61,656    
29,702    
26,614    
20,159    

85,629   $
137,673    
63,232    
32,692    
30,625    
22,549    

88,138   $
156,448    
68,204    
37,333    
35,495    
28,101    

88,517   $ 351,790 
572,554 
263,746 
140,753 
132,044 
101,984 

148,980    
70,654    
41,026    
39,310    
31,175    

0.83   $
0.81   $
0.420   $

0.93   $
0.92   $
0.420   $

1.17   $
1.15   $
0.420   $

1.29   $
1.27   $
0.420   $

4.22 
4.16 
1.68 

Basic ..................................................................   
Diluted...............................................................   

24,292    
24,738    

24,121    
24,471    

24,097    
24,443    

24,119    
24,453    

24,157 
24,531 

Balance Sheet Data

Rental equipment, net .............................................  $ 975,709   $ 969,681   $ 948,125   $ 938,116   $ 938,116 
Total assets..............................................................    1,314,429     1,312,342     1,295,380     1,275,744     1,275,744 
222,754 
Notes payable..........................................................   
682,604 
Shareholders’ equity ...............................................   

222,754    
682,604    

272,149    
643,836    

291,544    
637,604    

249,980    
661,614    

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

Operations Data

Rental revenues.......................................................  $
Total revenues.........................................................   
Gross profit .............................................................   
Income from operations..........................................   
Income before provision for income taxes .............   
Net income..............................................................   
Earnings per share:

Basic ..................................................................  $
Diluted...............................................................  $
Dividends declared per share..................................  $
Shares used in per share calculations:

First

Second

2019
Third

Fourth

Year

82,696   $
122,008    
57,005    
27,310    
24,251    
18,449    

88,105   $
127,439    
59,881    
29,066    
25,965    
19,488    

90,857   $
173,562    
78,282    
46,748    
43,455    
32,468    

92,231   $ 353,889 
570,230 
266,165 
141,372 
129,125 
96,806 

147,221    
70,997    
38,248    
35,454    
26,401    

0.76   $
0.75   $
0.375   $

0.80   $
0.79   $
0.375   $

1.34   $
1.32   $
0.375   $

1.09   $
1.07   $
0.375   $

3.99 
3.93 
1.50 

Basic ..................................................................   
Diluted...............................................................   

24,195    
24,540    

24,246    
24,579    

24,268    
24,632    

24,290    
24,697    

24,250 
24,623 

Balance Sheet Data

Rental equipment, net .............................................  $ 912,878   $ 943,152   $ 958,610   $ 967,500   $ 967,500 
Total assets..............................................................    1,239,633     1,280,249     1,306,223     1,309,875     1,309,875 
293,431 
Notes payable..........................................................   
634,036  
Shareholders’ equity ...............................................   

293,431    
634,036    

301,878    
592,309    

289,464    
580,643    

301,469    
616,715    

-86-

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
 
  
     
     
     
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
ITEM 9.

CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND  FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE.

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. The Company’s management under the supervision and with the participation 
of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining 
“disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) for the 
Company.  Based on their evaluation the CEO and CFO have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were 
effective as of December 31, 2020.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. During the last quarter of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 
2020, there were no changes in the Company’s internal control that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, 
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only 
reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control 
systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues, if any, within a company have been detected.  
The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives, and the 
CEO and CFO have concluded that these controls and procedures are effective at the “reasonable assurance” level.

Management’s Assessment of Internal Control. Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control 
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, is discussed in the Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
included on page 57.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 has been audited by Grant 
Thornton  LLP,  the  Company’s  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  and  its  report  is  included  in  this  Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

None.

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-87-

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to McGrath RentCorp’s definitive Proxy Statement with respect 

to its 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on June 9, 2021.

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to McGrath RentCorp’s definitive Proxy Statement with respect 

to its 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on June 9, 2021.

ITEM 12.

SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND  RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to McGrath RentCorp’s definitive Proxy Statement with respect 

to its 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on June 9, 2021.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to McGrath RentCorp’s definitive Proxy Statement with respect 

to its 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on June 9, 2021.

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to McGrath RentCorp’s definitive Proxy Statement with respect 

to its 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on June 9, 2021.

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

-88-

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

Index of documents filed as part of this report:

PART IV

1.

The following Consolidated Financial Statements of McGrath RentCorp are included in Item 8.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting ...............................................

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm:  ..........................................................

Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019...........................................

Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  for  the  Years  Ended  December  31,  2020,  2019  and
 2018 ....................................................................................................................................

Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income  for  the  Years  Ended  December 31, 
2020, 2019 and 2018 ...........................................................................................................

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 
2019 and 2018 .....................................................................................................................

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 
2018 .....................................................................................................................................

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ............................................................................

Page of this report
57

58

61

62

63

64

65

66

2.

3.

Financial Statement Schedules. None

Exhibits.  See Index of Exhibits on page 90 of this report.

Schedules and exhibits required by Article 5 of Regulation S-X other than those listed are omitted because they are not required, 
are not applicable, or equivalent information has been included in the consolidated financial statements, and notes thereto, or elsewhere 
herein.

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-89-

 
 
 
 3.2

 4.1

4.1.1

4.1.2

 4.2

 4.2.1

 4.2.2

 4.2.3

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

Number

 3.1

Articles of Incorporation of McGrath RentCorp. ‘P’

Description

Method of Filing

 3.1.1

Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of McGrath RentCorp. ‘P’

 3.1.2

Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of McGrath RentCorp.

Amended and Restated Bylaws

Filed as exhibit 19.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 
the quarter ended June 30, 1988 (filed August 14, 1988), and incorporated 
herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 
(filed March 28, 1991 Registration No. 33-39633), and incorporated herein 
by reference.

Filed as exhibit 3.1.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
year  ended  December  31,  1997  (filed  March  31,  1998),  and  incorporated 
herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed 
January 6, 2021) and incorporated herein by reference.

Amended and Restated Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement between 
the Company and PGIM, Inc., dated March 31, 2020.

Filed as exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed 
April 3, 2020), and incorporated herein by reference.

Amendment, dated as of March 17, 2014, to the Note Purchase and Private 
Shelf Agreement dated as of April 21, 2011 among the Company, Prudential 
Investment  Management,  Inc.,  The  Prudential  Insurance  Company  of 
America and Prudential Retirement Insurance and Annuity Company.

Amendment, dated as of February 9, 2016, to the Note Purchase and Private 
Shelf Agreement dated as of April 21, 2011 among the Company, Prudential 
Investment  Management,  Inc.,  The  Prudential  Insurance  Company  of 
America  and  Prudential  Retirement  Insurance  and  Annuity  Company,  as 
amended on March 17, 2014.

Credit Agreement dated as of March 31, 2020 among the Company, Bank of 
America, N.A. as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, 
and The Other Lenders Party thereto.

Guaranty dated as of March 31, 2020 among certain domestic subsidiaries 
of the Company in favor of Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as the 
administrative agent for the Lenders.

$12,000,000  committed  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Facility  Letter 
Agreement between the Company and MUFG Union Bank, N.A., dated as 
of March 31, 2020.

Filed as exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed 
March 20, 2014) and incorporated herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed 
February 11, 2016) and incorporated herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed 
April 3, 2020) and incorporated herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed 
April 3, 2020) and incorporated herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed 
April 3, 2020) and incorporated herein by reference.

$12,000,000  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Line  Note,  dated  March 31, 
2020, in favor of MUFG Union Bank, N.A.

Filed as exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed 
April 3, 2020) and incorporated herein by reference.

4.3

Description of Registrant’s Securities.

10.3

10.3.1

McGrath  RentCorp  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan,  as  amended  and 
restated on December 31, 2008. 

McGrath  RentCorp  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Trust  Agreement,  as 
amended and restated on December 31, 2008.

10.4

McGrath RentCorp 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.

10.4.1

Form of 2007 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Option Award and Agreement.

10.4.2

10.4.3

10.4.4

Form of 2007 Stock Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Award and 
Agreement.

Form  of  2007  Stock  Incentive  Plan  Stock  Appreciation  Right  Award  and 
Agreement.

Form  of  2007  Stock  Incentive  Plan  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  and 
Agreement.

Filed as exhibit 4.2.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10K for the 
year ended December 31, 2019 (filed February 25, 2020), and incorporated 
herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2008 (filed February 26, 2009), and incorporated 
herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.3.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
the  year  ended  December  31,  2008  (filed  February  26,  2009),  and 
incorporated herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.12 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 
the  quarter  ended  June  30,  2007  (filed  August  2,  2007),  and  incorporated 
herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.12.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 (filed August 2, 2007), and incorporated 
herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.12.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 (filed August 2, 2007), and incorporated 
herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.4.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 
the  quarter  ended  March  31,  2010  (filed  May  6,  2010),  and  incorporated 
herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.4.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 
the  quarter  ended  March  31,  2010  (filed  May  6,  2010),  and  incorporated 
herein by reference.

-90-

Number

Description

Method of Filing

10.5

10.6

McGrath RentCorp Employee Stock Ownership and 401(k) Plan

McGrath RentCorp Change in Control Severance Plan and Summary Plan 
Description

10.7

McGrath RentCorp 2016 Stock Incentive Plan

Form of 2016 Stock Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award and 
Agreement

Form of 2016 Stock Incentive Plan Performance-Based Restricted Stock 
Unit Award and Agreement

Form of 2016 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Appreciation Right Award and 
Agreement

Filed as exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 
(filed August 10, 2012) and incorporated herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 
the  quarter  ended  June  30,  2013  (filed  July  31,  2013),  and  incorporated 
herein by reference.

Filed as Appendix A to the Company's Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual 
Meeting (filed April 29, 2016), and incorporated herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.1.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 
the  quarter  ended  June  30,  2016  (filed  August  2,  2016),  and  incorporated 
herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.1.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 
the  quarter  ended  June  30,  2016  (filed  August  2,  2016),  and  incorporated 
herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.1.3 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 
the  quarter  ended  June  30,  2016  (filed  August  2,  2016),  and  incorporated 
herein by reference.

List of Subsidiaries.

Written Consent of Grant Thornton LLP.

Certification  of  Chief  Executive  Officer  Pursuant  to  Section  302  of  the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Filed herewith.

Filed herewith.

Filed herewith.

Certification  of  Chief  Financial  Officer  Pursuant  to  Section  302  of  the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Filed herewith.

Certification  of  Chief  Executive  Officer  Pursuant  to  Section  906  of  the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Furnished herewith.

Certification  of  Chief  Financial  Officer  Pursuant  to  Section  906  of  the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Furnished herewith.

The following materials from McGrath RentCorp’s annual Report on Form 
10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  formatted  in  iXBRL  (Inline 
eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Condensed Consolidated 
Statement of Income, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet, (iii) 
the  Condensed  Consolidated  Statement  of  Cash  Flows,  and  (iv)  Notes  to 
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

2
2
0
0
1
2
0

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

10.7.1

10.7.2

10.7.3

21.1

23.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

101

104

     Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the inline XBRL
     document).

‘P’ = exhibit was filed in paper form

-91-

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this 

report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date: February 23, 2021

MCGRATH RENTCORP

by:

by:

by:

/s/ Joseph F. Hanna
JOSEPH F. HANNA
Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Keith E. Pratt
KEITH E. PRATT
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ David M. Whitney
DAVID M. WHITNEY
Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons 

in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

K
-
0
1
m
r
o
F
0
2
0
2
2

/s/ Kim A. Box
KIM A. BOX

/s/ Smita Conjeevaram
SMITA CONJEEVARAM

/s/ William J. Dawson
WILLIAM J. DAWSON

/s/ Elizabeth A. Fetter
ELIZABETH A. FETTER

/s/ Joseph F. Hanna
JOSEPH F. HANNA

/s/ Bradley M. Shuster
BRADLEY M. SHUSTER

/s/ M. Richard Smith
M. RICHARD SMITH

/s/ Dennis P. Stradford
DENNIS P. STRADFORD

/s/ Ronald H. Zech
RONALD H. ZECH

Title

Director

Director

Director

Director

Date

February 23, 2021

February 23, 2021

February 23, 2021

February 23, 2021

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

February 23, 2021

Director

Director

Director

February 23, 2021

February 23, 2021

February 23, 2021

Chairman of the Board

February 23, 2021

-92-